over current relay - afbafb.com.tr/document/ashida_relay.pdfnumerical over current protection relay...

233
NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 TITLE ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Page 1/1 ADITYA SERIES Over Current Relay Version 1.0 (For Software V1.xx and V2.xx) Technical Manual

Upload: doanbao

Post on 29-Mar-2018

240 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 T ITLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

Page 1/1

ADITYA SERIES

Over Current Relay

Version 1.0 (For Software V1.xx and V2.xx)

Technical Manual

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 CONTENTS

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

Page 1/10 CONTENTS

Safety Instruction

Introduction

Handling & Case Dimension

User’s Guide

Menu Content Table

Technical Specification

Application Guide

Communication

Installation, Relay Testing & Commissioning

Periodic Testing

Details of Internal Circuit Diagram

Problems Occurred & Hardware Software Revision

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 CONTENTS

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

Page 2/10

1.0 SAFETY INSTRUCTION CONTENTS 1.1 Introduction 3

1.2 Healthy & Safety 3

1.3 Symbol & External Labels 4

1.4 Decommissioning & Disposal 4

1.5 Technical Specifications For Safety 5

1.5.1 Protective Fuse Rating 5

1.5.2 Protective Class 5

1.5.3 Installation Category 5

1.5.4 Environment 5

1.6 CE Marking 5

1.7 Revision Note 6

2.0 INTRODUCTION CONTENTS 2.1 General 3

2.2 Features 4

2.3 How to use the Manual 5

2.4 Ordering Information 7

2.5 Revision Note 9

3.0 HANDLING & CASE DIMENSION CONTENTS 3 Handling 3

3.1 Receipt of Relay 3

3.2 Unpacking 3

3.3 Handling of Electric Components 3

3.4 Storage 4

3.5 Dimensions 4

3.5.1 Connections of Power Terminals and Signal Terminals 4

3.5.2 Earthing 4

3.6 Cabinet drawing 5

3.7 Revision Note 6

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 CONTENTS

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

Page 3/10

4.0 USER’S GUIDE CONTENTS

4.1 Front Panel and Control 5

4.2 User’s Interface 7

4.2.1 LCD Display 7

4.2.2 Touch Keys 7

4.2.3 LED’s 8

4.2.4 RS485 8

4.2.5 RS232 8

4.3 Password 9

4.3.1 Password Entry & Changing the Password 9

4.3.2 Clear Password 10

4.3.3 Default Settings 11

4.3.3.1 General Settings 11

4.3.3.2 Protection Settings 12

4.4 Menus 15

4.4.1 Default Display 15

4.4.2 Main Menu List 16

4.4.2.1 Main Menu List Details 17

4.4.3 Measurement 23

4.4.3.1 To View - Measurement 23

4.4.4 General Setting 24

4.4.4.1 To Set – General Setting 24

4.4.4.2 To View – General Setting 28

4.4.5 Over Current (OC-G1) Setting 29

4.4.5.1 To Set – OC-G1 Setting 29

4.4.5.2 To View – OC-G1 Setting 32

4.4.6 Earth Fault (EF-G1) Setting 33

4.4.6.1 To Set – EF-G1 Setting 33

4.4.6.2 To View – EF-G1 Setting 36

4.4.7 3Io-G1 Setting 37

4.4.7.1 To Set – 3Io-G1 Setting 37

4.4.7.2 To View – 3Io-G1 Setting 40

4.4.8 Negative Phase Sequence Element (NPS-G1) Setting 41

4.4.8.1 To Set – NPS-G1 Setting 41

4.4.8.2 To View – NPS-G1 Setting 43

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 CONTENTS

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

Page 4/10 4.4.9 Over Current (OC-G2) Setting 44

4.4.9.1 To Set – OC-G2 Setting 44

4.4.9.2 To View – OC-G2 Setting 47

4.4.10 Earth Fault (EF-G2) Setting 48

4.4.10.1 To Set – EF-G2 Setting 48

4.4.10.2 To View – EF-G2 Setting 51

4.4.11 3Io-G2 Setting 52

4.4.11.1 To Set – 3Io-G2 Setting 52

4.4.11.2 To View – 3Io-G2 Setting 55

4.4.12 Negative Phase Sequence Element (NPS-G2) Setting 56

4.4.12.1 To Set – NPS-G2 Setting 56

4.4.12.2 To View – NPS-G2 Setting 58

4.4.13 Auto Recloser (ARR) Setting 59

4.4.13.1 To Set – ARR Setting 59

4.4.13.2 To View – ARR Setting 61

4.4.14 Relay/LED Configuration 62

4.4.14.1 Bit Definition for Relay/LED Configuration 62

4.4.14.2 List of Protection Function and Digital Inputs 63

4.4.14.3 To Set – Relay/LED Configuration 67

4.4.14.4 To View – Relay/LED Configuration 72

4.4.14.5 Example of Relay / LED Configuration 73

4.4.15 Fault 1 88

4.4.15.1 To View – Fault 1 Data [Fault 2 to Fault 20] 88

4.4.16 Status 89

4.4.16.1 To View – Status 89

4.4.17 Error Log 89

4.4.17.1 To View – Error Log 89

4.4.18 Close 90

4.4.19 Trip 90

4.4.20 Active Group 91

4.4.20 Date Time Setting 92

4.4.20.1 To Set – Date Time setting 92

4.4.20.2 To View – Date Time Setting 93

4.5 Input Signals 94

4.5.1 Auxiliary Supply Input 94

4.5.2 CT Secondary Input 94

4.5.3 Status Input 94

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 CONTENTS

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

Page 5/10 4.5.4 Trip Circuit Supervision Input 94

4.6 Output Signals 94

4.6.1 Trip Contact 94

4.6.2 Programmable Contact 94

4.6.3 LBB Protection Contact 94

4.6.4 Relay ( OK ) Healthy Contact 94

4.6.5 Auto Recloser ‘Reclose’ Contact 94

4.6.6 Auto Recloser Lockout Contact 94

4.6.7 Control Contact selectable 94

4.7 Revision Note 95

5.0 MENU CONTENT TABLE CONTENTS 5 Menu Content Table 3

5.1 To View Measurement 3

5.2 To Set / View General Setting 4

5.3 To Set / View O/C – G1 Setting 5

5.4 To Set / View E/F – G1 Setting 6

5.5 To Set / View 3Io – G1 Setting 7

5.6 To Set / View NPS – G1 Setting 8

5.7 To Set / View O/C – G2 Setting 9

5.8 To Set / View E/F – G2 Setting 10

5.9 To Set / View 3Io – G2 Setting 11

5.10 To Set / View NPS – G2 Setting 12

5.11 To Set / View ARR Setting 13

5.12 To Set / View Relay/LED Setting 14

5.13 To View Fault 1 to Fault 20 Setting 15

5.14 To View Status Setting 19

5.15 To View Error Log Setting 19

5.16 To View Close Setting 19

5.17 To View Trip Setting 20

5.18 To View Active Group 20

5.19 To Set / View Date/Time Setting 21

5.20 Revision Note 22

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 CONTENTS

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

Page 6/10 6.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CONTENTS

6.1 Protection Features 3

6.2 Relay Design Features 3

6.3 Block Diagram 4

6.4 Description 5

6.5 Technical Specification 6

6.6 Revision Note 10

7.0 APPLICATION GUIDE CONTENTS

7.1 Main function 3

7.2 Over Current Element 3

7.3 Earth Fault Element 3

7.4 Inverse Time Curve 4

7.4.1 C1 - Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) 5

7.4.2 C2 - Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) 6

7.4.3 C3 - Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) 7

7.4.4 C4 - Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) 8

7.4.5 C5 - Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) 9

7.5 Trip Circuit Supervision 10

7.6 Auto Recloser Logic 10

7.7 Breaker Failure Logic 10

7.8 Negative Sequence Over Current 11

7.9 Programmable Di/DO and LED 11

7.10 Monitoring Function (Event, Disturbance Recorder) 11

7.11.1 Wiring Diagram – External EF for EF protection 12

7.11.2 Wiring Diagram – Internal EF for EF Protection 13

7.12 Trip Diagram 14

7.13 Logic Diagram of RL1 to RL5 and LED 15

7.14 Revision Note 16

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 CONTENTS

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

Page 7/10

8.0 COMMUNICATION CONTENTS

8.1 IEC60870-5-103 INTERFACE for ADR241B 3

8.2 Physical connection and link layer 3

8.3 Initialization 4

8.4 Time synchronization 5

8.5 General interrogation 5

8.6 Cyclic measurements 5

8.7 Disturbance records 5

8.8 APPENDIX 5

8.8.1 Frames in Monitor Direction 5

8.8.1.1 System Functions in monitor direction 5

8.8.1.2 Status indications in monitor direction 6

8.8.1.3 Fault indications in monitor direction 6

8.8.1.4 Measurands in monitor direction 7

8.8.1.5 Private frames in monitor direction 7

8.8.1.6 Disturbance data transmission in monitor direction 7

8.8.2 Frames in Control Direction 8

8.8.2.1 Private frames in Control direction 8

8.8.2.2 System Functions in control direction: 8

8.8.2.3 General commands in control direction 8

8.8.2.4 Disturbance data transmission related messages in control direction 8

8.8.2.5 Actual Channel: Used for DR Transmission: 8

8.9 Revision Note 9

9.0 INSTALLATION, RELAY TESTING & COMMISSIONING CONTENTS

9.1 Installation 4

9.1.1 Relay Connection & Diagram 4

9.1.2 Before energising following should be checked 4

9.1.3 Relay operating condition 4

9.1.4 CT Circuit 4

9.1.5 Insulation 4

9.2. Commissioning 5

9.2.1 Commissioning Test, Required Equipment 5

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 CONTENTS

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

Page 8/10 9.2.2 Checking of External Circuitry 5

9.2.2.1 Relay Back Terminal Wiring 5

9.2.2.2 Visual Inspection 5

9.2.2.3 Earthing 6

9.2.2.4 CT Polarity 6

9.2.3 Checking of Relay Setting 6

9.2.4 Final Checking 7

9.2.5 Commissioning Record Sheet 7

9.2.5.1 Relay identification 7

9.2.5.2 Commissioning Test Report 8

9.2.5.3 Commissioning record sheet for ADR241B_V2 Relay. 9

9.3 Post instillation / Commissioning observation 10

9.4 Testing of Relay 10

9.4.1 Relay Calibration 10

9.4.2 Diagram for Pickup and Timing Test 12

9.4.3 Testing of Over Current IP>> Protection 13

9.4.3.1 Pickup Test for Over Current IP>> 13

9.4.3.2 IDMT Time Test for Over Current IP>> 13

9.4.3.3 Pickup Test for Over Current Instantaneous Element IP>> 15

9.4.3.4 Operating Time Test for Over Current Instantaneous Element IP>> 16

9.4.4 Testing of 3Io>> Protection 16

9.4.4.1 Pickup Test for 3Io >> 16

9.4.4.2 IDMT Time Test for 3Io>> 17

9.4.4.3 Operating Time Test for Instantaneous Element 3Io>> 18

9.4.5 Testing of Earth Fault Ie>> Element 19

9.4.5.1 Pickup Test for Earth Fault Ie>> 19

9.4.5.2 IDMT Time Test for Earth Fault Ie>> 19

9.4.5.3 Operating Time Test for Earth Fault Instantaneous Element Ie>> 21

9.4.6 Testing of NPS (Negative Phase Sequence Element) 21

9.4.7 Testing of Annunciation for Both Over Current & Earth Fault 22

9.5 Other Functional Test 23

9.6 Revision Note 24

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 CONTENTS

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

Page 9/10

10.0 PERIODIC TESTING CONTENTS 10 Periodic Testing 3

10.1 Trip Test 3

10.2 Functional Test 3

10.3 Testing of Relay 3

10.3.1 Relay Calibration 3

10.3.2 Diagram for Pickup and Timing Test 5

10.3.3 Testing of Over Current Protection 6

10.3.3.1 Pickup Test for Over Current 6

10.3.3.2 IDMT Time Test for Over Current 6

10.3.3.3 Testing of HF Pickup for Over Current Test 8

10.3.3.4 Operating Time test of HF for Over Current 9

10.3.4 Testing Of Earth Fault Current Protection 9

10.3.4.1 Testing of 3IO element 9

10.3.4.2 IDMT test for 3IO>> 10

10.3.4.3 Operating time test of HF for 3IO 11

10.3.4.4 Testing of EF element 12

10.3.4.5 IDMT time test for Ie >> 12

10.3.4.6 Operating Time test of HF for EF 14

10.3.4.7 Testing of NPS 14

10.3.5 Testing Of Annunciation For Both O/C and EF 14

10.3.6 Other functional tests 15

10.4 Revision Note 16

11.0 Details of Internal Circuit Diagram CONTENTS 11.1 Detail of Internal Circuit diagram 3

11.2 Revision Note 4

12.0 Problems Occurred & Hardware Software Revision CONTENTS

12.1 Problems Occurred 3

12.2 Hardware / Software Revision 3

12.3 Revision Note 5

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 CONTENTS

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

Page 10/10

Revision Note

Issue Date Description

01 06.05.2008 Original Version

02 15.11.2008 Minor Typo Error Corrected

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 SAFETY INSTRUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.08

Page 1/6

SAFETY INSTRUCTION

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 SAFETY INSTRUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.08

Page 2/6

CONTENTS

1.1 Introduction 3

1.2 Healthy & Safety 3

1.3 Symbol & External Labels 4

1.4 Decommissioning & Disposal 4

1.5 Technical Specifications For Safety 5

1.5.1 Protective Fuse Rating 5

1.5.2 Protective Class 5

1.5.3 Installation Category 5

1.5.4 Environment 5

1.6 CE Marking 5

1.7 Revision Note 6

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 SAFETY INSTRUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.08

Page 3/6 1.1 INTRODUCTION

This guide and the relevant operating or service manual documentation for the equipment

provide full information on safe handling, commissioning and testing of this equipment and

also includes description of equipment label markings.

Documentation for equipment ordered from ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. is dispatched

separately from manufacture goods and may not be received at the same time. Therefore this

guide is provided to ensure that printed information normally present on equipment is fully

understood by the recipient.

Reference should be made to the external connection diagram before the equipment is

installed, commissioned or serviced.

1.2 HEALTHY AND SAFETY

This information in the Safety Section of the equipment documentation is intended to ensure

that equipment is properly installed and handled in order to maintain it in a safe condition.

It is assumed that everyone who will be associated with the equipment will be familiar with the

contents of that Safety Section, or this Safety Guide.

When electrical equipment is in operated, dangerous voltages will be present in certain parts

of the equipment. Failure to warning notices, incorrect use, or improper use may endanger

personnel and equipment and cause personal injury or physical damage.

Before working in the terminal strip area, the equipment must be isolated.

Proper and safe operation of the equipment depends on appropriate shipping and handling,

proper storage, installation and commissioning and on careful operation, maintenance and

servicing. For this reason only qualified personal may work on or operate the equipment.

Qualified personnel are individuals who

• Are familiar with the installation, commissioning and operation of the equipment and of the system to which it is being connected.

• Are able to safely perform switching operation in accordance with accepted safety

and to isolate ground and label it.

• Are trained in the care and use of safety apparatus in accordance with safety engineering practices.

• Are trained in emergency procedures (first aid)

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 SAFETY INSTRUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.08

Page 4/6

The operating manual for the equipment gives instruction for its installation, commissioning

and operation. However, the manual cannot cover all conceivable circumstances or include

detailed information on all topics. In the event of questions or specific problems, do not take

any action without proper authorization. Contact the appropriate Ashida technical sales office

and request the necessary information

1.3 SYMBOLS AND EXTERNAL LABELS ON THE EQUIPMENT

For safety reasons the following symbols and external labels, which may be used on the

equipment or referred to in the equipment documentation, should be understood before the

equipment is installed or commissioned

Caution: refer to equipment documentation Caution: risk of electric shock

Protective Conductor (*Earth) terminal.

Functional/Protective Conductor Earth terminal

Note – This symbol may also be used for a Protective Conductor (Earth) terminal if that

terminal is part of a terminal block or sub-assembly e.g. power supply.

*NOTE: THE TERM EARTH USED THROUGHOUT THIS GUIDE IS THE 9ij DIRECT

EQUIVALENT OF THE NORTH AMERICAN TERM GROUND.

1.4 DECOMMISSIONING AND DISPOSAL

Decommissioning: The supply input (auxiliary) for the equipment may include capacitors across the

supply or to earth. To avoid electric shock or energy hazards, after completely

isolating the supplies to the equipment (both poles of any dc supply), the capacitors

should be safely discharged via the external terminals prior to decommissioning.

Disposal: It is recommended that incineration and disposal to water courses is avoided. The

equipment should be disposed of in a safe manner. Any equipment containing

batteries should have them removed before disposal, taking precautions to avoid

short circuits. Particular regulations within the country of operation, may apply to the

disposal of batteries.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 SAFETY INSTRUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.08

Page 5/6

1.5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SAFETY

1.5.1 Protective Fuse Rating The recommended maximum rating of the external protective fuse for equipments is 8A, high

rupture capacity (HRC) Red Spot type NIT, or TIA, or equivalent, unless otherwise stated in

the technical data section of the equipment documentation. The protective fuse should be

located as close to the unit as possible.

DANGER -CTs must NOT be fused since open circuiting them may produce lethal hazardous voltages. 7.2 Protective Class

1.5.2 Protective Class

IEC 61010-1: 2001 EN 61010-1: 2001

Class I (unless otherwise specified in the equipment documentation). This equipment requires a protective conductor (earth) connection to ensure user safety.

1.5.3 Installation Category

IEC 61010-1: 2001 EN 61010-1: 2001

Installation Category III (Over voltage Category III): Distribution level, fixed installation. Equipment in this category is qualification tested at 5kV peak, 1.2/50µs, 500Ω, 0.5J, between all supply circuits and earth and also between independent circuits

1.5.4 Environment

The equipment is intended for indoor installation and use only. If it is required for use in an

outdoor environment then it must be mounted in a specific cabinet or housing which will

enable it to meet the requirements of IEC 60529 with the classification of degree of protection

IP54 (dust and splashing water protected).

1.6 CE MARKING

Compliance with all relevant European Marking Community directives:

Compliance demonstrated by reference to safety standards.

Product safety: Low Voltage Directive - 73/23/EEC amended by 93/68/EEC EN 61010-1: 2001 EN 60950-1: 2001 EN 60255-5: 2001 IEC 60664-1: 2001

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 SAFETY INSTRUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.08

Page 6/6

1.7 Revision Note

Issue Date Description

01 06.05.2008 Original Version

02 15.11.2008 Typo Error Corrected

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INTRODUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 1/9

INTRODUCTION

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INTRODUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 2/9 CONTENTS

2.1 General 3

2.2 Features 4

2.3 How to use the Manual 5

2.4 Ordering Information 7

2.5 Revision Note 9

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INTRODUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 3/9

2.1. General Features of Aditya-V2 Series : -

ADR241B is a second generation Numerical 3OC + 1EF Over Current Relay. The ADR241B

is part of Ashida Aditya Series ( Aditya-V2 ) of protective relays. General definition and

Aditya series and it model number is give in ordering information.

All the relay are designed using latest numerical technology and having programmable digital

input and outputs to minimized external contact multiplication electromechanical relays. All

relays are tested for EMI / EMC noise as per international IEC specifications. The basic

electronics hardware is common for all relays. The user interface for all relay are similar only

protection logic is different, this make very easy to use. General features of all relays are as

given below

• Large 20x4 LCD display

• Password Protection for all setting

• Disturbance Recorder. Actual waveform of current are captured & saved in the built-in

memory with date time stamping, for analyzing fault condition & fault location.

• IEC standard open protocol.

• Separate Communication Prot for SCADA (RS485) as well as Local testing (RS232)

• Very low burden on CT and PT

• Online display current other digital and physical status.

• Continuous monitoring of module’s internal hardware and alarm generation in case of

failure of any critical components.

• 10 Digital Output contacts for local alarm Tele-signalling & Control

• 7 Optically isolated digital status input for monitoring of status and avoid used of external

relay logic

• 100 nos of event memory, event such CB close, Trip, status change, relay pkp etc. All

events are with date and time stamped up to 1ms

• 6 Programmable ( 3 Red / 3 Green) LED which can be assigned to any of protection

function

• 5 Programmable Relay which can be programmed through key board.

• 5 Optically isolated status input

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INTRODUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 4/9

The ADR241B is a 3 Over Current and 1 EF relay it consist all the necessary protection and

monitoring functions required for Normal feeder it consist of

1. High Speed Digital DSP Controller

2. Analog Measuring Module

3. Power supply Module

4. Digital Input output module. The High speed Digital Signal Controller continuously monitors line phase current and E/F

current. Along with different status input, through CTs, and optical isolated status

connections. The high-speed micro-controller samples these current signals through a A/D converter. The Digital Signal performs powerful Numerical Algorithms to find out RMS of

fundamental & harmonic contents of the current. All measurement is tuned to fundamental

frequency i.e 50Hz, thus relay remain stable during distorted waveform generated electronics

loco-motive. All these measure values are then used for different protection function such as

IDMT Over current protection, Instantaneous Over current protection, E/F protection etc.

These measured values are also displayed on large 20 x 4 LCD display for metering purpose.

The DSC also monitor different digital input trough optical isolator and perform some

monitoring function such trip circuit supervision, and control potential free contact for control

CB and generate ALARM and Tele-signalling

The power supply module is basically DC – DC converted designed using modern PWM

based Switching mode technique to convert 110Vdc station battery supply to the 12V and

24Vdc low voltage supply for relay electronics and control circuit. It also provides necessary

isolation from station battery. There are two type of power supply modules are available 1)

having range of 77Vdc – 250Vdc. Covering requirement of 110Vdc and 220Vdc station

battery system 2) having range of 18Vdc to 52Vdc covering 24Vdc, 30Vdc, 48Vdc station

battery requirement.

The relay is having total 8 nos of dual LED of high intensity for easy identification of type of

fault for easy user interface. LEDs L5, L6 and L7 and Relay R1 to R5, digital status input and

controlled output are fully programmable via key pad interface.

2.2. Features : -

Protection Features:

4 Element (3 Phase + EF) Over current IDMT/DMT with instant trip.

Programmable (Non- Volatile) Setting By local keys as well as remote setting by

communication port

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INTRODUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 5/9

Selection of Curve: Five selectable curve (Normal Inverse 1 (C1), Normal Inverse 2, (C2)

Very inverse (C3), Extremely inverse (C4), Long time inverse (C5)) and Define Time

(C6).

Instantaneous Over-Current Protection with adjustable timer.

Breaker Failure detection.

In-built CB Trip Circuit Supervision function during pre closing and post closing of CB.

Negative sequence over current (46).

2.3. HOW TO USE THE MANUAL

This manual contain detail information of “ADITYA” series over current and earth fault relay such as ADR241B by using this manual user can be familiar with the application, installation setting & commissioning of these relays. The User Interface and Menu will be different for different software version. The user interface chapter describe latest software version relay. The older relay menus are shown in menu tables. Before referring manual first identify your relay software version. The software version can be found by following procedure After Power ON or when the HW RESET and LED RESET push button is pressed simultaneously, the relay will display the following message. 1. Safety instruction : -

Content of this chapter is regarding safety of human being to operate/handle this relay.

2. Introduction : - Content of this chapter is about general introduction to the ”ADITYA” series of ADR range of relays.

3. Handling : - Content of this chapter is regarding precaution to be taken while handling electronic equipment.

4. User Guide : - A detail description of features of “ADITYA” series relays.

5. Menu content Table : - This chapter contain detail flash chart of relay as per software history.

6. Technical Specification : - Comprehensive details on nominal values setting ranges, specification & curve characteristics.

Ashida Numerical 3OC/1EF IDMT Relay ADR241B_V2_R2 V02.01 Unit ID = 0001

This window will flash momentarily showing the following Relay Name : 3OC/1EF IDMT Relay Relay Type : ADR241B_V2_R2 Software Version : V02.01 Unit ID = 0001 Then the control will go automatically to default window

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INTRODUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 6/9

7. Application Guide : - This chapter contains detail description of each relay setting guidelines.

8. Communication : - Communication setting & Protocol details.

9. Installation, Relay Testing & Commissioning : - This chapter contains information regarding installation; complete functional testing of relay & commissioning data sheet.

10. Periodic Testing : - This chapter contains periodic relay testing information.

11. Details of Internal Assemblies : - Information regarding relays internal assemblies.

12. Problem Occurred and Hardware & Software Revision : - Information regarding Error Codes and Hardware & Software Revisions.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INTRODUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 7/9 2.4 ORDERING INFORMATION

General Definit ion of Aditya Series Relays

Each Relay is ident i f ied by Type No . and Model No .

The Type No. def ines the Funct ion of the Relay as Communicable / Non-Communicable, Number of Elements, Type of Protect ion Funct ion etc.

The Detai l def in it ion of Type No . is given below.

D e f i n i t i o n o f T y p e N o o f A d i t y a S e r i e s o f R e l a y s ADR 2 4 1 B Stands For Aditya Series

Type of Protection Function 0 = Measurement 1 = Over Current 2 = Over / Under Voltage 3 = Current Differential. 4 = Voltage Control Current 5 = Power / Directional 6 = Power / Measurement 7 = Phase Angle/Syncro-Check 8 = Frequency 9 = Distance / Impedance

Nos. of Elements 1 = Single Element 2 = Double Element 3 = Three Element 4 = Four Element

Type of Communication 1 = No Communication 2 = Comm. (ASCADA / IEC Port)

Sub type A = Simple Economical (Mini Function) B = Extra Function (Mid Range) S = Self Power E = Special EF/ Neutral Function

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INTRODUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 8/9

Ordering information:

A D R 2 4 1 B - A M - X X X - X X - X - X - X X - X

Example ADR241B – AM-201-01-3-0-02-0 Type: ADR241B wi th s tandard set t ing IEC60870-5-103 com St . Back termina l layout Cabinet Type: CSE -150 H Aux i l ia ry Supply: 77-250Vdc CT sec: 1 Amp. / 5 Amp selectable

D e f i n i t i o n o f M o d e l N o o f A d i t y a S e r i e s o f R e l a y s A M 2 0 1 – X X – X – X – X X – X

Auxiliary Supply 01 = 18 – 52 V dc 06 = 110 V dc 02 = 77 – 250 V dc 07 = 220 V dc 03 = 24 V dc 04 = 30 V dc 05 = 48 V dc

Reserved for Future Use

PT Secondary0 = NA 1 = 63.5V ac 2 = 110V ac 3 = 230V ac

CT Secondary 1 = 1 Amp. 2 = 5 Amp. 3 = 1 Amp. / 5 Amp. Selectable

201 indicates Aditya _V2 This Document – For Other model Refer respective document or contact Factory

Back Terminal Lay out 01 = As Per ADV00101 and Cabinet as MAC01302

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INTRODUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 9/9

2.5 Revision Note

Issue Date Description

01 06.05.2008 Original Version

02 15.11.2008 Typo Error Corrected

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 HANDLING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Handling Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 1/6

HANDLING AND CASE DIMENSION

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 HANDLING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Handling Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 2/6

CONTENTS

3 Handling 3

3.1 Receipt of Relay 3

3.2 Unpacking 3

3.3 Handling of Electric Components 3

3.4 Storage 4

3.5 Dimensions 4

3.5.1 Connections of Power Terminals and Signal Terminals 4

3.5.2 Earthing 4

3.6 Cabinet drawing 5

3.7 Revision Note 6

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 HANDLING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Handling Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 3/6

3. HANDLING

3.1 RECEIPT OF RELAY

Care must be taken when unpacking & installing the relay so that none of part is damaged

inside the box. Operation manual and test report are there store this property for further use.

Relay must be handled by skilled personnel. Relays that have been removed from their boxes

should not be left in situation where they are exposed to dust or damp. This particularity

applies to installation which are carried out at the same time as construction work. Relays that

are not immediately installed should be returned in to there corrugated box.

3.2 UNPACKING

Care must be taken when unpacking and installing the relays so that none of the parts is

damaged or the setting altered. Relays must only be handled by skilled personnel. The

installation should be done by clean, dry and reasonably free from dust and excessive

vibration. The site should be lit to facilitate inspection. Relays that have been removed from

their cases should not be left in situations where they are exposed to dust and damp. This

particularly applies to installation which are being carried out at the same time as construction

work

3.3 HANDLING OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS

Electrostatic discharge (ESD)

As relay can be tested completely from external connections and relay setting can be done by

push button from front plate, there is no need to open the metal box.

The relay use component that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. The electronic printed

circuit board (PCB) are well protected by the metal case. So unnecessary do not touch the

PCB tracks, connector, electronic component as they can be damaged by static electricity

discharge form the body as normal movement of a person can easily generate electrostatic

potentials of several thousand volts, discharge these voltage into ESD sensitive component

when handling electronic circuit can cause serious damage which often may not be

immediately apparent but the reliability of the circuit will have been reduced.

The electrostatic discharge when housed in the metal box do not expose them to risk of

damage by electrostatic discharge.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 HANDLING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Handling Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 4/6 3.4 STORAGE

If relays are not to be installed immediately upon receipt they should be stored in a place free from dust and moisture in their original cartons. Where de-humidifier crystals will be impaired if the bag has been exposed to ambient conditions and may be restored by gently heating the bag for about an hour, prior to replacing it in the carton Dust which collect on a carton may, on subsequent unpacking find its way into the relay, in damp conditions the carton and packing may become Impregnated with moisture and the de-humidifier will lose its efficiency. Storage temperature: -25°C to +70°C

3.5 DIMENSIONS

3.5.1 Connection of power terminals, and Signals terminals

The individual equipment are delivered with sufficient M4 screws to connect the relay via annular terminals, with a maximum recommended of two annular terminals per contact. To insure the insulation of the terminals and to respect the security and safety instructions, an isolated sleeve can be used. We recommend the following cable cross-sections: − Auxiliary sources Vaux : 1.5 mm² (some electrical utiliets use 2.5 mm2 ) − Communication Port – D9 Femel with 0.5 mm2 per core total 4 core screen. The maximum

length of 1000m. Linear capacitance between conductor and earth : 100pF/m − PT Circuit 1.5 mm2 − Other circuits 1.0 mm² − CT Circuit 4 - 6 mm2 We recommend to protect the auxiliary source connection by using a fuse of type NIT or TIA with a breaking capacity of 16A. For security reasons, do never install fuses in current Transformers circuits. The other circuits must be protected by fuses.

3.5.2 Earthing Each equipment must be connected to a local earth terminal by the intermediary of a M4 earth terminals. We recommend a wire of minimal section of 2,5 mm², connected to cabinet bolt . Because of the limitations of the annular terminals, NOTE : To prevent any electrolytic risk between copper conductor or brass conductor and the back plate of the equipment, it is necessary to take precautions to isolate them one from the other. This can be done in several ways, for example by inserting between the conductor and the case a plated nickel or insulated ring washer or by using a tin terminals.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 HANDLING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Handling Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 6/6

3.7 Revision Note

Issue Date Description

01 06.05.2008 Original Version

02 15.11.2008 Typo Error Corrected

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 1/95

USER’S GUIDE (For Software V2.xx)

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 2/95

CONTENTS

4.1 Front Panel and Control 5

4.2 User’s Interface 7

4.2.1 LCD Display 7

4.2.2 Touch Keys 7

4.2.3 LED’s 8

4.2.4 RS485 8

4.2.5 RS232 8

4.3 Password 9

4.3.1 Password Entry & Changing the Password 9

4.3.2 Clear Password 10

4.3.3 Default Settings 11

4.3.3.1 General Settings 11

4.3.3.2 Protection Settings 12

4.4 Menus 15

4.4.1 Default Display 15

4.4.2 Main Menu List 16

4.4.2.1 Main Menu List Details 17

4.4.3 Measurement 23

4.4.3.1 To View - Measurement 23

4.4.4 General Setting 24

4.4.4.1 To Set – General Setting 24

4.4.4.2 To View – General Setting 28

4.4.5 Over Current (OC-G1) Setting 29

4.4.5.1 To Set – OC-G1 Setting 29

4.4.5.2 To View – OC-G1 Setting 32

4.4.6 Earth Fault (EF-G1) Setting 33

4.4.6.1 To Set – EF-G1 Setting 33

4.4.6.2 To View – EF-G1 Setting 36

4.4.7 3Io-G1 Setting 37

4.4.7.1 To Set – 3Io-G1 Setting 37

4.4.7.2 To View – 3Io-G1 Setting 40

4.4.8 Negative Phase Sequence Element (NPS-G1) Setting 41

4.4.8.1 To Set – NPS-G1 Setting 41

4.4.8.2 To View – NPS-G1 Setting 43

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 3/95

4.4.9 Over Current (OC-G2) Setting 44

4.4.9.1 To Set – OC-G2 Setting 44

4.4.9.2 To View – OC-G2 Setting 47

4.4.10 Earth Fault (EF-G2) Setting 48

4.4.10.1 To Set – EF-G2 Setting 48

4.4.10.2 To View – EF-G2 Setting 51

4.4.11 3Io-G2 Setting 52

4.4.11.1 To Set – 3Io-G2 Setting 52

4.4.11.2 To View – 3Io-G2 Setting 55

4.4.12 Negative Phase Sequence Element (NPS-G2) Setting 56

4.4.12.1 To Set – NPS-G2 Setting 56

4.4.12.2 To View – NPS-G2 Setting 58

4.4.13 Auto Recloser (ARR) Setting 59

4.4.13.1 To Set – ARR Setting 59

4.4.13.2 To View – ARR Setting 61

4.4.14 Relay/LED Configuration 62

4.4.14.1 Bit Definition for Relay/LED Configuration 62

4.4.14.2 List of Protection Function and Digital Inputs 63

4.4.14.3 To Set – Relay/LED Configuration 67

4.4.14.4 To View – Relay/LED Configuration 72

4.4.14.5 Example of Relay / LED Configuration 73

4.4.15 Fault 1 88

4.4.15.1 To View – Fault 1 Data [Fault 2 to Fault 20] 88

4.4.16 Status 89

4.4.16.1 To View – Status 89

4.4.17 Error Log 89

4.4.17.1 To View – Error Log 89

4.4.18 Close 90

4.4.19 Trip 90

4.4.20 Active Group 91

4.4.20 Date Time Setting 92

4.4.20.1 To Set – Date Time setting 92

4.4.20.2 To View – Date Time Setting 93

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 4/95

4.5 Input Signals 94

4.5.1 Auxiliary Supply Input 94

4.5.2 CT Secondary Input 94

4.5.3 Status Input 94

4.5.4 Trip Circuit Supervision Input 94

4.6 Output Signals 94

4.6.1 Trip Contact 94

4.6.2 Programmable Contact 94

4.6.3 LBB Protection Contact 94

4.6.4 Relay ( OK ) Healthy Contact 94

4.6.5 Auto Recloser ‘Reclose’ Contact 94

4.6.6 Auto Recloser Lockout Contact 94

4.6.7 Control Contact selectable 94

4.7 Revision Note 95

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 5/95

4.1. Front Panel and Control

1

2

3

4

6

5

7 9 10 11 12 13

8 14

11

22

33

44

66

555

777 999 10 1111 1212 1313

88 1414

Sr. No. Legend Description LEDs Total 8 dual colours LED (Red and Green) are provided for

user interface. The some of LEDs are pre defined. While some are spare and can be programmed as per the requirement. Following are fix LED

1 PROTH / ERR Protection Healthy This is a green LED and become off in flowing condition. During Error It become Red

a When Auxiliary supply is not sufficient to operate relay.

b Relay detect some internal hardware error (LED will become RED)

c When there Trip circuit is faulty (LED will become RED)

2 FAULT / PKP – Green LED indicates FAULT condition. This is Hand Reset (HR) indication and remains on till Reset either by local switch or through communication

Red LED indicates Relay PICKUP condition This is Self Reset (SR) type. Indicates at least one of the current inputs is above set threshold.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 6/95

3 DT / REC Green LED indicates Dead Time Red LED indicate Reclaim time

4 LOCK / BF Green LED indicates ARR lock-out Hand Reset (HR) Type. Red LED indicates Breaker Fail Hand Reset (HR) Type.

5 ARR. E / ARR.D Green LED indicates ARR Enable Red LED indicates ARR Disable (Note : The above function can be assigned to this LED after loading default Setting)

6 L6 / L7 Spare LED Programmable 7 TRIP / CLOSE Green LED indicates Output TRIP Relay contact closer

(Self Reset SR) Type Red LED indicate Output CLOSE Relay contact closer Self Reset (SR) Type

8 LCD display A 20 character by 4 line back-lit large LCD display will be provided for display of setting / status and measured value such as line current etc.

9 LED Reset 1 Key will be provided for LED reset

10 TEST 1 key will be provided for Trip test. This key could be blocked through general setting, if required.

11 ARR 1 Key will be provided to Enable/Disable ARR (Auto Recloser Relay) function.

12 HW Reset 1 key will be provided for Hardware reset. This key will be interlocked with LED reset.

13 Navigation Key 4 keys will be provided for navigation through different display menu and to do setting

14 Cover This is a removable cover. After removing this cover, local communication port (RS232) will be accessible.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 7/95

4.2. USER INTERFACE 4.2.1. LCD Display

Back-lit LCD display 20 x 4 is provided for parameter and setting display and for easy viewing of measurement, setting, fault records, date & time, error message. Back-lit will automatically switch off if any push button key will not be pressed for more than 100sec. The display back-lit can be made on by pressing any push button key. Back-lit is also automatically turned on when any tripping occurs on particular equipment.

4.2.2. Touch Keys

The function of relay is controlled by the following keys, Left Arrow key ( ), Right Arrow key ( ), Up Arrow key ( ) Down Arrow key ( ) and LED Reset Key, Test Key, Bypass Key and HW Reset Key which are provided on the front Plate. • When the Right Arrow key ( ) is pressed the operator is able to view the setting of the

relay. When the Right Arrow key ( ) is pressed again it will go to the next setting page, but in case there are no more setting to be displayed it returns to the main menu.

• When the Left Arrow key ( ) is pressed than you can return to previous display page, it relay is already on main menu then, you are able to enter the setting which can be now modified using Up Arrow key ( ) Down Arrow key ( ). When the Left Arrow key ( ) pressed again it will go to the next setting.

• The Up Arrow key ( ) is used to increment the value, the Down Arrow key ( ) is used to decrement the value in the display.

• The Left Arrow key ( ) Right Arrow key ( ) can be used to go forward or backward, both when doing the settings and while viewing the settings

At the time of setting if changes are not carried within 100s then the display will reset it self and return to the main menu. Or you can discard setting and abort to main menu by pressing ‘LED RESET’ key ‘HW RESET’ key is never require in normal operation, It is series with ‘LED RESET’ key, When both keys are pressed simultaneously it reset total hardware of relay. This normally required during firmware update of relay.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 8/95

4.2.3. LED’s

The relay is having total 8 nos of dual LED of high intensity for easy identification of type of

fault for easy user interface. LEDs L6 and L7 are fully programmable via key pad interface as

these are bi-color LED effectively 6 LEDs are full programmable.

Sr. No. Legend Description 1 PROT.H /

ERR : Green LED indicates Relay OK (Protection Healthy) : In case of following condition led become Red 1. Problem in relay Hardware. 2. Trip Circuit Fault

2 FAULT / PICK-UP

: Green LED indicates FAULT Hand Reset (HR) Type. : Red LED indicate Start of timer Self Reset (SR) Type

3 DT / REC : Green LED indicate Dead Time : Red LED indicate Reclaim time

4 LOCK / BF

: Green LED indicate ARR lock-out (HR) Type : Red LED indicate Breaker Fail (HR) Type

5 ARR. E / ARR. D

Green LED indicates ARR Enable Red LED indicates ARR Disable (Note : The above function can be assigned to this LED after loading default Setting)

6 L6 : Spare LED Programmable 7 L7 : Spare LED Programmable 8 TRIP /

CLOSE : Green LED indicates Output Trip relay contact closer (SR) Type : Red LED indicate output Close relay contact closer (SR) Type

4.2.4. RS485 Port

RS485 port is provided at the back side of relay (near to terminal block) for permanent SCADA connectivity. The physical connection is through D9 type male connector, to avoid accentual connection power warring to communication input. There are 4 wire are used 2 for transmission and 2 for receiving. The actual connection diagram is given in communication section. Using RS485 port Fault data live event, disturbance record, etc can be downloaded port.

4.2.5. RS232 Port

RS232 Communication port D9 type male is provided on front panel of relay, after opening of front cover this port is available. This is very useful for down loading relay data and analysis it. For proper operation user must select communication port from keyboard (general setting) detail description is given in communication chapter.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 9/95

4.3. Password

4.3.1. Password Entry and changing the password

To enter password in all ADR241B_V2 refer following steps ( User can go to this screen by pressing HW RESET + LED RESET Simultaneously)

In ADR241B the password protected windows are 1. General Setting 2. OC – G1 Setting 3. EF – G1 Setting 4. 3Io – G1 Setting 5. NPS – G1 Setting 6. OC – G2 Setting 7. EF – G2 Setting 8. 3Io – G22 Setting 9. NPS – G2 Setting 10. ARR Setting 11. Relay LED Config and 12. Date Time Setting Procedure to enter the password is same for all windows to enter the password follow these

steps.

General Settings New Password = 000 Range 000-099 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) New Password can be set. The range is from 000-099 in steps of 001. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display other windows on by one till the following window.

Measurement Using + / (INR) or - / (DEC) key scroll the main menu to go to General Setting

Secondary Current R = 000.00 Y = 000.00 B = 000.00 3Io=000.00 CT Sec. Selected = 1A

This is default window showing the actual Secondary Load Current as per “CT Sec” selection Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display Main menu directly as follows.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously set password, by using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ‘000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ General Settings ←

Password protected window for “General Setting’’ for setting New Password, language Selection, Unit ID, Baud Rate, Com Port, Set Parity, BF Enable, BF Delay, BF Cont,. CT Sec., CT EF, CT Primary, Local Control, Trip Ckt. Trip Cont., Active Group, Cold Load Pick_up. and EF Current Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 10/95

4.3.2. Clear Password There are unlinking event when user forgot the password, in such case password can be

cleared by pressing following sequences

1) Press ‘HW RESET’ + ‘LED RESET’ Simultaneously, and hold both.

2) Press navigation key ( ) key Immediately and hold then release ‘HW RESET’ + ‘LED RESET’

3) Press and hold navigation key ( ) key until following message appear on display

Mode for Save? Save Settings

Now again press the ‘ ’ Left arrow key the ÓK’ window will appear for a moment and the control will automatically return to ‘’General Settings’

OK

General Setting

All Fault Memories, Password Clear & all protection OFF Press HW+LED Reset

This window will appear shows all fault memories and password are clear and default password was 0000. All protection function will disable and required to enable as per requirement.

Ashida Numerical 3OC/1EF IDMT Relay ADR241B_V2_R2 V02.08 Unit ID = 0001

This window will flash momentarily showing the following Relay Name : 3OC/1EF IDMT Relay Relay Type : ADR241B_V2_R2 Software Version : V02.01 Unit ID = 0001 Then the control will go automatically to following window

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 11/95

4.3.3. Default Settings

4.3.3.1. General Settings

Index Settings Value Range 1 BF Enable 1 YES/NO

2 BF Delay 200mSec Range 200-1000ms

3 BF Cont 1 SR/HR

4 CT Sec. 2Amp 1Amp/5Amp

5 CT EF 2Amp 1Amp/5Amp

6 CT Primary 300 Range 10-2000

7 Local Control 2 YES/NO

8 Trip Ckt 2 YES/NO

9 Trip Cont 1 SR/HR

10 Active Group 1 G1/G2

11 Cold Ld PKP 2 Enable/Disable

12 RL1 H 14560 13 RL1 L 32768 14 RL2 H 50944 15 RL2 L 32769 16 RL3 H 0 17 RL3 L 0 18 RL4 H 0 19 RL4 L 0 20 RL5 H 0 21 RL5 L 0 22 L5 Green H 0 Special LED 23 L5 Green L 0 Special LED 24 L5 Red H 0 Special LED 25 L5 Red L 2 Special LED 26 L6 Green H 0 27 L6 Green L 32772 28 L6 Red H 0 29 L6 Red L 32770 30 L7 Green H 0 31 L7 Green L 0 32 L7 Red H 0 33 L7 Red L 0 34 S1 0 35 S2 0 36 S3 1 37 S4 2 38 S5 0

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 12/95

4.3.3.2. Protection Settings

Index Settings Value Range 1 IP> Enable - G1 2 YES/NO 2 IP> 90% Range 10%-200%

3 IP> TMS 0.15 Range x0.02-x1.00

4 IP> Curve 6 C1-C6

5 IP> C6 Delay 0.01S 0-99.90S

6 IP>> Enable 1 YES/NO 7 IP>> 100% Range 10%-200%

8 IP>> TMS 0.15 Range x0.02-x1.00

9 IP>> Curve 1 C1-C6

10 IP>> C6 Delay 0.1S 0-99.90S

11 P>>> Enable 1 YES/NO 12 IP>>> 400% Range 50%-2000%

13 IP>>> Delay 0.1S 0-2.00S

14 EF > Enable - G1 2 YES/NO 15 EF > 20% Range 10%-200%

16 EF > TMS 0.02 Range x0.02-x1.00

17 EF > Curve 1 C1-C6

18 EF > C6 Delay 0.01S 0-99.90S

19 EF >> Enable 1 YES/NO 20 EF >> 80% Range 10%-200%

21 EF >> TMS 0.15 Range x0.02-x1.00

22 EF >> Curve 1 C1-C6

23 EF >> C6 Delay 0.1S 0-99.90S

24 EF >>> Enable 1 YES/NO 25 EF >>> 100% Range 50%-2000%

26 EF >>> Delay 0.1S 0-2.00S

27 3Io > Enable - G1 2 YES/NO 28 3Io > 20% Range 10%-200%

29 3Io > TMS 0.02 Range x0.02-x1.00

30 3Io > Curve 1 C1-C6

31 3Io > C6 Delay 0.01S 0-99.90S

32 3Io >> Enable 1 YES/NO 33 3Io >> 20% Range 10%-200%

34 3Io >> TMS 0.02 Range x0.02-x1.00

35 3Io >> Curve 1 C1-C6

36 3Io >> C6 Delay 0.01S 0-99.90S

37 3Io >>> Enable 2 YES/NO 38 3Io >>> 100% Range 50%-2000%

39 3Io >>> Delay 0.1S 0-2.00S

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 13/95

Index Settings Value Range 40 I2 >> Enable 2 YES/NO 41 I2 >> 20% Range 10%-200%

42 I2 >> TMS 0.02 Range x0.02-x1.00

43 I2 >> Curve 1 C1-C6

44 I2 >> C6 Delay 0.01S 0-99.90S

45 I2 >>> Enable 2 YES/NO 46 I2 >>> 100% Range 50%-2000%

47 I2 >>> Delay 0.05S 0-2.00S

48 IP> Enable - G2 2 YES/NO

49 IP> 20% Range 10%-200%

50 IP> TMS 0.02 Range x0.02-x1.00

51 IP> Curve 1 C1-C6

52 IP> C6 Delay 0.01S 0-99.90S

53 IP>> Enable 1 YES/NO 54 IP>> 100% Range 10%-200%

55 IP>> TMS 0.2 Range x0.02-x1.00

56 IP>> Curve 1 C1-C6

57 IP>> C6 Delay 0.1S 0-99.90S

58 P>>> Enable 1 YES/NO 59 IP>>> 600% Range 50%-2000%

60 IP>>> Delay 0.2S 0-2.00S

61 EF > Enable - G2 2 YES/NO

62 EF > 20% Range 10%-200%

63 EF > TMS 0.02 Range x0.02-x1.00

64 EF > Curve 1 C1-C6

65 EF > C6 Delay 0.01S 0-99.90S

66 EF >> Enable 1 YES/NO 67 EF >> 90% Range 10%-200%

68 EF >> TMS 0.2 Range x0.02-x1.00

69 EF >> Curve 1 C1-C6

70 EF >> C6 Delay 0.1S 0-99.90S

71 EF >>> Enable 1 YES/NO 72 EF >>> 200% Range 50%-2000%

73 EF >>> Delay 0.15S 0-2.00S

74 3Io > Enable - G2 2 YES/NO

75 3Io > 20% Range 10%-200%

76 3Io > TMS 0.02 Range x0.02-x1.00

77 3Io > Curve 1 C1-C6

78 3Io > C6 Delay 0.01S 0-99.90S

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 14/95

79 3Io >> Enable 2 YES/NO 80 3Io >> 20% Range 10%-200%

81 3Io >> TMS 0.02 Range x0.02-x1.00

82 3Io >> Curve 1 C1-C6

83 3Io >> C6 Delay 0.01S 0-99.90S

84 3Io >>> Enable 2 YES/NO 85 3Io >>> 100% Range 50%-2000%

86 3Io >>> Delay 0.05S 0-2.00S

87 I2 >> Enable - G2 2 YES/NO 88 I2 >> 20% Range 10%-200%

89 I2 >> TMS 0.02 Range x0.02-x1.00

90 I2 >> Curve 1 C1-C6

91 I2 >> C6 Delay 0.01S 0-99.90S

92 I2 >>> Enable 2 YES/NO 93 I2 >>> 100% Range 50%-2000%

94 I2 >>> Delay 0.05S 0-2.00S

95 ARR Enable 1 YES/NO 99 N SHOT 2 Range 00-04 97 DT1 40S Range 0.10-180.00S 98 DT2 60S Range 0.10-180.00S 99 DT3 1S Range 0.10-180.00S 100 DT4 1S Range 0.10-180.00S 101 Reclaim Time 30S Range 1.0-200.0S

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 15/95

4.4. MENUS

4.4.1. Default Display : After Power ON or when the HW RESET + LED RESET push button is pressed simultaneously, the relay will display the following message.

Ashida Numerical 3OC/1EF IDMT Relay ADR241B_V2_R2 V02.08 Unit ID = 0001

This window will flash momentarily showing the following Relay Name : 3OC/1EF IDMT Relay Relay Type : ADR241B_V2_R2 Software Version : V02.01 Unit ID = 0001 Then the control will go automatically to default window

Secondary Current R = 000.01 Y = 000.01 B = 000.02 3Io = 000.02 CT Sec. Selected = 1A

This is default window showing the actual Secondary Load Current as per “CT Sec” selection Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display Main menu directly as follows.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 16/95

4.4.2. Main Menu List

→ Measurement ← General Settings OC– G1 Settings EF– G1 Settings 3Io– G1 Settings NPS– G1 Settings OC– G2 Settings EF– G2 Settings 3Io– G2 Settings NPS–G2 Settings ARR Settings Relay/LED Config Fault 1 Fault 2 Fault 3 Fault 4 Fault 5 Fault 6 Fault 7 Fault 8 Fault 9 Fault 10 Fault 11 Fault 12 Fault 13 Fault 14 Fault 15 Fault 16 Fault 17 Fault 18 Fault 19 Fault 20 Status Error Log

Close Trip Active Group G2

Date/Time

Measurement, General Settings, OC–G1 Settings, EF–G1 Settings, 3Io–G1 Settings, NPS–G1 Settings, OC–G2 Settings, EF–G2 Settings, 3Io–G2 Settings, NPS–G2 Settings ARR Settings, Relay/LED Config, Fault 1, Fault 2, Fault 3, Fault 4, Fault 5, Fault 6, Fault 7, Fault 8, Fault 9, Fault 10, Status, , Fault 11, Fault 12, Fault 13, Fault 14, Fault 15, Fault 16, Fault 17, Fault 18, Fault 19, Fault 20, Status, Error Log, Close, Trip, Active Group G1 and Date/Time, these are the Main Menus available in this relay. Since the LCD Display consist only of 4 Lines, the main menu list can be scrolled up or down by using the Up Arrow key ( ) or the Down Arrow key ( ). The arrow pointers suggest that particular main menu is selected.

Secondary Current R = 000.00 Y = 000.00 B = 000.00 3Io = 000.02 CT Sec. Selected = 1A

This is default window showing the actual Secondary Load Current as per “CT Sec” selection Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display Main menu directly as follows.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 17/95

4.4.2.1. Main Menu List Details

→ Measurement ←

This menu is to view the actual load current in primary as well as secondary as per the CT Secondary and CT Primary selection for all protection function. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ General Settings ←

Password protected window for “General Setting’’ for setting New Password, Language Selection , Unit ID, Baud Rate, Com Port, Set Parity, BF Enable, BF Delay, BF Cont,. CT Sec., C.T. EF, CT Primary, Local Control, Trip Circuit, Trip Cont., Active Group, Cold Load Pick-up and EF Current Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ OC- G1 Settings ←

Password protected window for “OC Settings’’ for setting IP> Enable, Ip>% Range, IP>TMS, IP> Curve, IP>C6 Delay, IP>> Enable, Ip>> % Range, IP>>TMS, IP>> Curve, IP>>C6 Delay, IP>>> Enable, Ip>>>% Range, IP>>> C6 Delay. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ NPS – G1 Settings ←

Password protected window for “NPS Setting’’ for setting I2>> Enable, I2>>% Range, I2>>TMS, I2>>Curve, I2>>C6 Delay, I2>>> Enable, I2>>>% Range, I2>>>Delay Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ EF – G1 Settings ←

Password protected window for “EF Settings’’ for setting IE> Enable, IE>% Range, IE>TMS, IE> Curve, IE>C6 Delay, IE>> Enable, IE>>% Range, IE>>TMS, IE>> Curve, IE>>C6 Delay, IE>>> Enable, IE>>> % Range and IE>>> C6 Delay Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ 3Io – G1 Settings ←

Password protected window for “3Io Settings’’ for setting 3Io> Enable, 3Io>% Range, 3Io>TMS, 3Io> Curve, 3Io>C6 Delay, 3Io>> Enable, 3Io>>% Range, 3Io>>TMS, 3Io>> Curve, 3Io>>C6 Delay, 3Io>>> Enable, 3Io>>> Range, 3Io>>> C6 Delay Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ OC- G2 Settings ←

Password protected window for “OC Settings’’ for setting IP> Enable, Ip>% Range, IP>TMS, IP> Curve, IP>C6 Delay, IP>> Enable, Ip>> %Range, IP>>TMS, IP>> Curve, IP>>C6 Delay, IP>>> Enable, Ip>>>% Range, IP>>> C6 Delay. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 18/95

→ Relay/LED Config ←

Password protected window for “Relay LED Config’’ for setting RL1, RL1 Cont, RL2, RL2 Cont, RL3, RL3 Cont, RL4, RL4 Cont, RL5, RL5 Cont, L5 Green, L5 Green, L5 Red, L5 Red, L6 Green, L6 Green, L6 Red, L6 Red, L7 Green, L7 Green, L7 Red , L7 Red, S1, S2, S3, S4 & S5 Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 1 ←

This menu is to view the latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 2 ←

This menu is to view the first latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ ARR Settings ←

Password protected window for “ARR Setting’’ for setting N SHOT, DT1, DT2, DT3, DT4 and Reclaim Time selection. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ EF – G2 Settings ←

Password protected window for “EF Settings’’ for setting IE> Enable, IE>% Range, IE>TMS, IE> Curve, IE>C6 Delay, IE>> Enable, IE>>% Range, IE>>TMS, IE>> Curve, IE>>C6 Delay, IE>>> Enable, IE>>> % Range and IE>>> C6 Delay Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ NPS – G2 Settings ←

Password protected window for “NPS Setting’’ for setting I2>> Enable, I2>>% Range, I2>>TMS, I2>>Curve, I2>>C6 Delay, I2>>> Enable, I2>>>% Range, I2>>>Delay Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ 3Io – G2 Settings ←

Password protected window for “3Io Settings’’ for setting 3Io> Enable, 3Io>% Range, 3Io>TMS, 3Io> Curve, 3Io>C6 Delay, 3Io>> Enable, 3Io>>% Range, 3Io>>TMS, 3Io>> Curve, 3Io>>C6 Delay, 3Io>>> Enable, 3Io>>> Range, 3Io>>> C6 Delay Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 19/95

→ Fault 3 ←

This menu is to view the second latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 4 ←

This menu is to view the third latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 5 ←

This menu is to view the fourth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 6 ←

This menu is to view the fifth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 7 ←

This menu is to view the sixth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 8 ←

This menu is to view the seventh latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 9 ←

This menu is to view the eight latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 20/95

→ Fault 10 ←

This menu is to view the ninth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 11 ←

This menu is to view the tenth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 12 ←

This menu is to view the eleventh latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 13 ←

This menu is to view the twelfth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 14 ←

This menu is to view the thirteenth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 15 ←

This menu is to view the fourteenth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 16 ←

This menu is to view the fifthteenth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 21/95

→ Status ←

This menu is to view the Status of the digital input S1, S2, S3, S4 and S5 also Trip circuit Supervision digital input T1 and T2 Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Error Log ←

This menu is to view the Error Code detected by the self supervision function of the relay and showing detail information of trip circuit supervision. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 17 ←

This menu is to view the sixteenth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 18 ←

This menu is to view the seventeenth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 19 ←

This menu is to view the eighteenth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Fault 20 ←

This menu is to view the nineteenth latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Close ←

This menu is to perform Close operation for Circuit Breaker by pressing ( ) arrow key this menu will be function only when Local Control = ON from password protected General Setting menu. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 22/95

→ Date Time ←

Password protected window for setting “Date Time’’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Measurement ←

→ Trip ←

This menu is to perform Trip operation for Circuit Breaker by pressing ( ) arrow key this menu will be function only when Local Control = ON from password protected General Setting menu. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow

→ Active Group G1 ←

This menu will show selected Active Group from password protected menu General Setting. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 23/95

4.4.3. MEASUREMENT

4.4.3.1. To View – Measurement

→ Measurement ←

This menu is to view the actual load current in primary as well as secondary as per the CT Secondary and CT Primary selection. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Secondary Current R = 000.00 Y = 000.00 B = 000.00 3Io =000.03 CT Sec. Selected = 1A

This window will show actual Secondary Current as per “CT Sec.‘’ selection Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follows.

Primary Current R = 00000A Y = 00000A B = 00000A 3Io = 00000A

This window will show actual Primary Current as per “CT Primary.‘’ selection, it will display current in K (KAmp) . When “CT Primary ≥500? “ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follows.

→ Measurement ←

I1=000.01 I2=000.01 EF=000.01

This window will show actual Secondary Current as per respective C.T. Secondary setting. Positive phase sequence Current – I1 Negative phase Sequence Current –I2 Exta EF current (from external CBCT) - Ie Press the arrow key ( ) to display the main menu.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 24/95

4.4.4. GENERAL SETTINGS

4.4.4.1. To Set – General Setting

→ General Setting ←

Password protected window for “General Setting’’ for setting New Password, Language Selection , Unit ID, Baud Rate, Com Port, Set Parity, BF Enable, BF Delay, BF Cont,. CT Sec., C.T. EF, CT Primary, Local Control, Trip Circuit, Trip Cont., Active Group, Cold Load Pick-up and EF Current Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ‘000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings Unit ID = 001 Range 001-250 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Unit ID address can be selected. The unit address can be set from 001 to 250 in steps of 001, which means total 250 devises can be connected to single computer. The 250th address is reserved for special command. These settings are required to communicate with the SCADA computer. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings Baud Rate = 09600 Range 1200-57600 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Baud Rate can be set. The range is from 1200-57600. (i.e. 1200, 2400, 9600, 19200, 38400 and 57600) Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings New Password = 000 Range 000-099 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) New Password can be set. The range is from 000-099 in steps of 001. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings Language Sel. = ENG Range ENG / TUR Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) Language English / Turkey can be selected. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 25/95

General Settings BF Delay = 0200 Range 200-1000ms Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired BF Delay Setting (Breaker Fail delay for back-up protection) can be set. The range of setting is from 200-1000ms in steps of 100ms. The BF fail function is used for back-up protection, when CB fails to trip even after relay gives the trip command, the ”BF Delay”” is set to operate backup protection. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings BF Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired BF Enable (Breaker Fail) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then BF relay is enable and if set NO then it will be disable. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings CT Sec. = 1Amp 1Amp/5Amp Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the CT Sec. Setting of protection function such as Ip> , Ip>> , Ip>>> , 3Io >, 3Io>>, 3Io>>>, NPS>>,NPS>>> can be selected 1 Amp. or 5 Amp. Note : Care should be taken to see proper connection are established at the back terminal, i.e. between Com. and 1 while selecting 1 Amp and between Com. and 5 while selecting 5Amp. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings Com Port = RS232 RS232/RS485 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the Com Port can be set. It can be set either RS232 Serial Port or RS485 Port. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings Set Parity = Even None/Even/Odd Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Set Parity can be set, that is None/Even/Odd. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings BF Cont = SR SR/HR Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the BF Contact can be set, that is SR (Self Reset) or HR (Hand Reset). Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 26/95

General Settings CT Primary = 0100 Range 10-2000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the CT Primary setting can be applicable for protection function such as Ip> , Ip>> , Ip>>> , 3Io >, 3Io>>, 3Io>>>, NPS>>,NPS>>>. The range for CT Primary setting is form 10 to 2000 in steps of 1. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings Local Control = YES YES / NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) Local Control selection can be enable TRIP push button function from relays front plate. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings Trip Ckt = NO YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) Trip Circuit Supervision function can be Enable / Disable that is YES or NO. If set YES then the Trip Circuit Supervision function will be Enable, if it is set as NO then Trip Circuit Supervision function will be Disable Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings Trip Cont = SR SR/HR Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the Trip Contact can be set, that is SR (Self Reset) or HR (Hand Reset). Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings CT Sec. EF = 1 Amp 1Amp/5Amp Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the CT Sec. Setting of protection function such as IE>, IE>>, IE>>> can be selected 1 Amp. or 5 Amp. Note : Care should be taken to see proper connection are established at the back terminal, i.e. between Com. and 1 while selecting 1 Amp and between Com. and 5 while selecting 5Amp. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

General Settings Active Group = G1 G1 / G2 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) Active Group can be selected. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 27/95

Save Settings Mode for Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100 sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

→ General Setting ←

General Settings Cold Ld. PKP = NO YES / NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the Cold Load Pick-up function can be Enable / Disable, That is YES for Enable and NO for Disable. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 28/95

4.4.4.2. To View – General Setting

→ General Setting ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ General Setting ←

Language Sel. = ENG Unit ID = 0001 Baud Rate = 09600 Com Port = RS232

This window will show General Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow. This is Page 1

Set Parity = Even BF Enable = YES BF Delay = 0200 BF Cont = SR

This window will show General Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow. This is Page 2

CT Sec. = 1Amp CT Sec. EF = 1Amp CT Primary = 0100 Local Control = YES

This window will show General Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu. This is Page 3

Trip Ckt = NO Trip Cont. = SR Active Group = G1 Cold Ld PKP = NO

This window will show General Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu. This is Page 3

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 29/95

4.4.5. OVER CURRENT (OC- G1) SETTINGS

4.4.5.1. To Set :- OC – G1 Setting

→ OC- G1 Setting ←

Password protected window for “OC-G1 Setting’’ for setting Password, IP> Stage1 Enable, IP> %Trip Setting, IP> TMS, IP> Curve selection, IP>C6 Delay, IP>> Stage 2 Enable, IP>> Trip Setting Stage 2, IP>> TMS, IP>> Curve selection, IP>>C6 Delay, IP>>> Stage 3 Enable, IP>>> Instantaneous Element Trip Setting, IP>>> Delay, Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ‘000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings IP> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be Enable / Disable that is YES / NO respectively. If set YES then IP> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings IP> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings IP> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting stage1 can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings IP> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1 can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 30/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

OC- G1 Settings IP> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 99.90S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IP> C6 delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.9secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for IP> . Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings IP>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IP>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings IP>> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings IP>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 2) can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings IP>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2) can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 31/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

OC- G1 Settings IP>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IP>>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings IP>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3 can be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings IP>> C6 Delay = 000.1 Range 00.00-99.9S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IP>> C6 delay is from 00.00(Inst) to 99.9secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for IP>>. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings Mode for Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

OC- G1 Settings IP>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-2.00S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 3) can be selected. The setting range for of IP>>> delay is from00.00 (Inst) to 2.00secs in steps of 0.05secs. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 32/95

4.4.5.2. To View :- OC- G1 Settings

→ OC- G1 Settings ←

→ OC- G1 Setting ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IP>=ON IP> = 0020 IP> TMS = 01.00 IP> Curve = 0001 IP> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show OC Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IP>>=ON IP>> = 0020 IP>>TMS = 01.00 IP>> Curve = 0001 IP>> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show OC Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IP>>>=ON IP>>> = 0200 IP>>>Delay = 00.05

This window will show OC Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

→ OC- G1 Setting ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 33/95

4.4.6 EARTH FAULT (EF – G1) SETTINGS

4.4.6.1 To Set :– EF– G1 Setting:

EF – G1 Settings IE> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IE> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G1 Settings IE> = 0020 Range 10% - 200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G1 Settings IE> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 1) can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G1 Settings IE> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1) can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ EF – G1 Setting ←

Password protected window “EF– G1 Setting’’ for setting Password, IE> Enable, IE> Trip Setting Stage 1, IE> TMS, IE> Curve Selection, IE>C6 Delay, IE>> Enable, IE>> Trip Setting Stage 2, IE>> TMS, IE>> Curve Selection, IE>>C6 Delay, IE>>> Enable, IE>>> Trip setting High Set, IE>>> Delay. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously y set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ’0000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 34/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

EF – G1 Settings IE> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.90S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IE> C6 delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for IE>. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G1 Settings IE>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IE>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G1 Settings IE>> = 0020 Range 10% - 200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G1 Settings IE>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting stage 2 can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G1 Settings IE>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2 can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 35/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

Save Settings Mode for Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

EF – G1 Settings IE>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IE>>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G1 Settings IE>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G1 Settings IE>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 2.00S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 3) can be selected. The setting range for of IE>>> delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 2.00 secs in steps of 0.05 secs. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G1 Settings IE>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 99.9S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IE>> C6 delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for IE>>. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 36/95

4.4.6.2 To View :– EF– G1 Setting

→ EF – G1 Setting ←

→ EF – G1 Setting ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IE>=ON IE> = 0020 IE> TMS = 01.00 IE> Curve = 0001 IE> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show EF Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IE>>=ON IE>> = 0020 IE>> TMS = 01.00 IE>> Curve = 0001 IE>> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show EF Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IE>>>=ON IE>>> = 200 IE>>>Delay = 00.05

This window will show EF Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

→ EF – G1 Setting ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 37/95

4.4.7 3Io – G1 SETTINGS

4.4.7.1 To Set : – 3Io - G1 Setting

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then 3Io> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io> = 0020 Range 10% - 200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 1) can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1) can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ 3Io – G1 Setting ←

Password protected window for “3Io-G1 Setting’’ for setting Password, 3Io> Stage 1 Enable, 3Io> Trip Setting, 3Io> TMS, 3Io> Curve Selection, 3Io>C6 Delay, 3Io>> Enable, 3Io>> Trip Setting Stage 2, 3Io>> TMS, 3Io>> Curve Selection, 3Io>>C6 Delay, 3Io>>> Enable, 3Io>>> Trip setting High Set, 3Io >>> Delay. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ’0000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 38/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 99.90S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IE> C6 delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for 3IoI>. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then 3Io >> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>> = 0020 Range 10% - 200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 2) can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2) can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 39/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

Save Settings Mode for Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then 3Io>>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io - G1 Settings 3Io >>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 2.00S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 3) can be selected. The setting range for of 3Io>>> delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 2.00 secs in steps of 0.05 secs. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 99.90 S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IE>> C6 delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for IP>>. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 40/95

4.4.7.2 To View :– 3Io-G1 Setting

→ 3Io – G1 Setting ←

→ 3Io – G1 Setting ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io>=ON 3Io> = 0020 3Io > TMS = 01.00 3Io > Curve = 0001 3Io > C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io>>=ON 3Io> = 0020 3Io>> TMS = 01.00 3Io>> Curve = 0001 3Io>> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io >>>=ON 3Io >>> = 200 3Io >>>Delay = 00.05

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

→ 3Io – G1 Setting ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 41/95

4.4.8 NEGATIVE PHASE SEQUENCE ELEMENT (NPS – G1) SETTINGS

4.4.8.1 To Set: – NPS – G1 Setting

NPS – G1 Settings I2>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IE>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G1 Settings I2>> = 0020 Range 10% - 200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G1 Settings I2>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting stage 2) can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G1 Settings I2>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2 can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ NPS - G1 Setting ←

Password protected window for “NPS – G1 Setting’’ for setting Password, I2>> Stage 2 Enable, I2>> Trip Setting, I2>> TMS, I2>> Curve Selection, I2>>C6 Delay, I2>>> Enable, I2>>> Instantaneous Element Trip setting, I2>>> Delay. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ’0000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 42/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

Save Settings Mode for Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100 sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

NPS – G1 Settings I2>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then it is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G1 Settings I2>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 1500% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set. The range is 50% to 1500% in steps of 50%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G1 Settings I2>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 99.90 S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 2) can be set. The setting range is from 00.000 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G1 Settings I2>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 2.00S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 3) can be selected. The setting range is from 00.00 (Inst) to 2.00 secs in steps of 0.05secs. This setting is effective only when C6 curve is selected Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 43/95

4.4.8.2 To View:– NPS – G1 Setting

→ NPS – G1 Setting ←

→ NPS – G1 Setting ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

I2>>=ON I2>> = 0020 I2>> TMS = 01.00 I2>> Curve = 0001 I2>> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show NPS Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

I2>>>=ON I2>>> = 0200 I2>>>Delay = 00.05

This window will show NPS Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

→ NPS – G1 Setting ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 44/95

4.4.9 OVER CURRENT (OC- G2) SETTINGS

4.4.9.1 To Set :– OC – G2 Setting

→ OC – G2 Setting ←

Password protected window for “OC - G2 Setting’’ for setting Password, IP> Stage1 Enable, IP> %Trip Setting, IP> TMS, IP> Curve selection, IP>C6 Delay, IP>> Stage 2 Enable, IP>> Trip Setting Stage 2, IP>> TMS, IP>> Curve selection, IP>>C6 Delay, IP>>> Stage 3 Enable, IP>>> Instantaneous Element Trip Setting , IP>>> Delay, Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ‘000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC – G2 Settings IP> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be Enable / Disable that is YES / NO respectively. If set YES then IP> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC – G2 Settings IP> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC – G2 Settings IP> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting stage1 can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC – G2 Settings IP> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1 can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 45/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

OC – G2 Settings IP> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 99.90S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IP> C6 delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.9secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for IP> . Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC – G2 Settings IP>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IP>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC – G2 Settings IP>> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC – G2 Settings IP>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 2) can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC – G2 Settings IP>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2) can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 46/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

OC – G2 Settings IP>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IP>>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC – G2 Settings IP>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3 can be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

OC – G2 Settings IP>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 99.90S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IP>> C6 delay is from 00.00(Inst) to 99.9secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for IP>>. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings Mode for Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

OC – G2 Settings IP>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-2.00S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IP>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 3) can be selected. The setting range for of IP>>> delay is from00.00 (Inst) to 2.00secs in steps of 0.05secs. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 47/95

4.4.9.2 To View :– OC – G2 Settings

→ OC – G2 Settings ←

→ OC – G2 Setting ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IP>=ON IP> = 0020 IP> TMS = 01.00 IP> Curve = 0001 IP> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show OC Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IP>>=ON IP>> = 0020 IP>>TMS = 01.00 IP>> Curve = 0001 IP>> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show OC Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IP>>>=ON IP>>> = 0200 IP>>>Delay = 00.05

This window will show OC Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

→ OC – G2 Setting ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 48/95

4.4.10 EARTH FAULT (EF – G2) SETTINGS

4.4.10.1 To Set:– EF – G2 Setting:

EF – G2 Settings IE> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IE> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G2 Settings IE> = 0020 Range 10% - 200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G2 Settings IE> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 1) can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G2 Settings IE> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1) can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ EF – G2 Setting ←

Password protected window “EF – G2 Setting’’ for setting Password, IE> Enable, IE> Trip Setting Stage 1, IE> TMS, IE> Curve Selection, IE>C6 Delay, IE>> Enable, IE>> Trip Setting Stage 2, IE>> TMS, IE>> Curve Selection, IE>>C6 Delay, IE>>> Enable, IE>>> Trip setting High Set, IE>>> Delay. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously y set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ’0000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 49/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

EF – G2 Settings IE> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.90S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IE> C6 delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for IE>. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G2 Settings IE>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IE>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G2 Settings IE>> = 0020 Range 10% - 200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G2 Settings IE>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting stage 2 can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G2 Settings IE>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2 can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 50/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

Save Settings Mode for Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

EF – G2 Settings IE>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IE>>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G2 Settings IE>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G2 Settings IE>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 2.00S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 3) can be selected. The setting range for of IE>>> delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 2.00 secs in steps of 0.05 secs. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

EF – G2 Settings IE>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 99.9S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired IE>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IE>> C6 delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for IE>>. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 51/95

4.4.10.2 To View:– EF– G2 Setting

→ EF – G2 Setting ←

→ EF – G2 Setting ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IE>=ON IE> = 0020 IE> TMS = 01.00 IE> Curve = 0001 IE> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show EF Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IE>>=ON IE>> = 0020 IE>> TMS = 01.00 IE>> Curve = 0001 IE>> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show EF Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

IE>>>=ON IE>>> = 0200 IE>>>Delay = 00.05

This window will show EF Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

→ EF – G2 Setting ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 52/95

4.4.11 3Io – G2 SETTINGS

4.4.11.1 To Set: – 3Io – G2 Setting

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then 3Io> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io> = 0020 Range 10% - 200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 1) can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1) can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ 3Io – G2 Setting ←

Password protected window for “3Io – G2 Setting’’ for setting Password, 3Io> Stage 1 Enable, 3Io> Trip Setting, 3Io> TMS, 3Io> Curve Selection, 3Io>C6 Delay, 3Io>> Enable, 3Io>> Trip Setting Stage 2, 3Io>> TMS, 3Io>> Curve Selection, 3Io>>C6 Delay, 3Io>>> Enable, 3Io>>> Trip setting High Set, 3Io >>> Delay. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously y set password, By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ’0000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 53/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 99.90S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IE> C6 delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for 3IoI>. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then 3Io >> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>> = 0020 Range 10% - 200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 2) can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2) can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 54/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

Save Settings Mode for Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then 3Io>>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io >>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 2.00S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 3) can be selected. The setting range for of 3Io>>> delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 2.00 secs in steps of 0.05 secs. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 99.90 S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired 3Io>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IE>> C6 delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90secs in steps of 0.05 sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for IP>>. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 55/95

4.4.11.2 To View :– 3Io - G2 Setting

→ 3Io – G2 Setting ←

→ 3Io – G2 Setting ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io>=ON 3Io> = 0020 3Io > TMS = 01.00 3Io > Curve = 0001 3Io > C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io>>=ON 3Io> = 0020 3Io>> TMS = 01.00 3Io>> Curve = 0001 3Io>> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

3Io >>>=ON 3Io >>> = 0200 3Io >>>Delay = 00.05

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

→ 3Io – G2 Setting ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 56/95

4.4.12 NEGATIVE PHASE SEQUENCE ELEMENT (NPS – G2) SETTINGS

4.4.12.1 To Set: – NPS – G2 Setting

NPS – G2 Settings I2>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IE>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G2 Settings I2>> = 0020 Range 10% - 200% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G2 Settings I2>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting stage 2) can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01 Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G2 Settings I2>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2 can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected. In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ NPS – G2 Setting ←

Password protected window for “NPS – G2 Setting’’ forsetting Password, I2>> Stage 2 Enable, I2>> Trip Setting,I2>> TMS, I2>> Curve Selection, I2>>C6 Delay, I2>>>Enable, I2>>> Instantaneous Element Trip setting, I2>>>Delay. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously y set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ’0000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 57/95

Curve Description

C1 Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) C2 Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) C3 Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) C4 Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) C5 Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) C6 Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

Save Settings Mode for Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100 sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

NPS – G2 Settings I2>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then it is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G2 Settings I2>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 1500% Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can be set. The range is 50% to 1500% in steps of 50%. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G2 Settings I2>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 99.90 S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 2) can be set. The setting range is from 00.000 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05sec. Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NPS – G2 Settings I2>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00 - 2.00 S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired I2>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 3) can be selected. The setting range is from 00.00 (Inst) to 2.00 secs in steps of 0.05secs. This setting is effective only when C6 curve is selected Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 58/95

4.4.12.2 To View :– NPS – G2 Setting

→ NPS – G2 Setting ←

→ NPS – G2 Setting ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

I2>>=ON I2>> = 0020 I2>> TMS = 01.00 I2>> Curve = 0001 I2>> C6 Delay = 00.05

This window will show NPS Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

I2>>>=ON I2>>> = 0200 I2>>>Delay = 00.05

This window will show NPS Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

→ NPS – G2 Setting ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 59/95

4.4.13 ARR SETTINGS

4.4.13.1 To Set – ARR Setting

→ ARR Setting ←

Password protected window for “ARR Setting’’ (Auto Recloser Relay) for setting N SHOT (Number of Shot), DT1 (Dead Time 1) , DT2 (Dead Time 2), DT3 (Dead Time 3), DT4 (Dead Time 4) and Reclaim Time Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ‘000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

N SHOT N SHOT = 000 Range 00-04 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired N SHOT (Number of Shot) can be set. The range is form 00-04. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

DT1 DT1 = 1.00 Range 0.10-180.00S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired DT1 (Dead Time 1) can be selected. The setting range for DT1 delay is from 0.10 to 180.00secs in steps of 0.10secs. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

DT2 DT2 = 1.00 Range 0.10-180.00S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired DT2 (Dead Time 2) can be selected. The setting range for DT2 delay is from 0.10 to 180.00secs in steps of 0.10secs. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

DT3 DT3 = 1.00 Range 0.10-180.00S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired DT3 (Dead Time 3) can be selected. The setting range for DT3 delay is from 0.10 to 180.00secs in steps of 0.10secs. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

ARR Enable = Yes Yes / NO Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired ARR Enable can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then it is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 60/95

DT4 DT4 = 1.00 Range 0.10-180.00S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired DT4 (Dead Time 4) can be selected. The setting range for DT4 delay is from 0.10 to 180.00secs in steps of 0.10secs. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

RECLAIM TIME Reclaim Time = 0100.0 Range 1.0 - 200.0 S Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Reclaim Time can be selected. The setting range for Reclaim time delay is from 1.0 to 200.0secs in steps of 1secs. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings Mode for Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

→ ARR Setting ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 61/95

4.4.13.2 To View – ARR Setting

→ ARR Setting ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

ARR = ON N SHOT = 004 DT1 = 001.00 DT2 = 001.00

This window will show ARR Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ ARR Setting ←

DT3 = 001.00 DT4 = 001.00 Reclaim Time = 0100.0

This window will show ARR Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 62/95

4.4.14 RELAY/LED CONFIGURATION Relay RL1 to RL5 and Dual LEDs L5 to L7 can be assign as 32 bit binary input for each Relay / LED . These 32 bit split into two ( A & B ) 16 bit binary input

which are required to transfer into Hexadecimal number to enter via Relays keypad and into Decimal number to enter via Relay Talk Software.

Any combination of listed Protection function & Digital input can be assign to Digital output relays RL1 TO RL5 and dual LEDs L5 , L6 & L7. These functions can

be assigning by relay front keypad and by Relay Talk Software.

4.4.14.1 Bit Definition for Relay/LED Configuration

Refer following table for each bit position corresponds to protection function and digital input. Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>> B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Protection Function Bit information to assign

Set Bit Assign required protection function and digital input Binary ‘1’ to Set Bit

Reset Bit Assign required protection function and digital input Binary ‘0’ to Reset Bit

Self Reset ( SR ) Assign Bit no. 15 in Relay/LED B as Binary input ‘0’ to set selected function Self Reset.

Hand Reset ( HR ) Assign Bit no. 15 in Relay/LED B as Binary input ‘1’ to set selected function Hand Reset.

Not Applicable Bit no. 14 in Relay / LED B was not assigned to any protection function and digital function.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 63/95

4.4.14.2 List of Protection function & Digital input :-

Text Description

0000 No Function is assigned to the Relays / LEDs.

R> Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 1.

Y> Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 1.

B> Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 1.

Ie> External CBCT Earth Fault (EF) IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 1.

3Io> Internal Derived EF ( 3Io ) IDMT/DMT Trip Stage 1.

R>> R Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 2.

Y>> Y Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 2.

B>> B Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 2.

Ie>> External CBCT Earth Fault (EF) IDMT/DMT Trip Stage 2.

3Io>> Internal Derived EF (3Io) IDMT/DMT Trip Stage 2.

I2>> Negative Phase Sequence ( NPS ) trip stage 2

R>>> R Phase Instantaneous Over Current Trip Stage 3

Y>>> Y Phase Instantaneous Over Current Trip Stage 3

B>>> B Phase Instantaneous Over Current Trip Stage 3

Ie>>> External CBCT Earth Fault (N) IDMT/DMT Trip Stage 3

3Io>>> Internal Derived EF(3Io) IDMT/DMT Trip Stage 3

I2>>> Negative Phase Sequence ( NPS ) trip stage 3

UV Under voltage Trip

OV Over voltage Trip

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 64/95

S1 S1 Digital Input to ON to any Relay / LEDs

S2 S2 Digital Input to ON to any Relay / LEDs

S3 S3 Digital Input to ON to any Relay / LEDs

S4 S4 Digital Input to ON to any Relay / LEDs

S5 S5 Digital Input to ON to any Relay / LEDs

T1 TC1(CB-NO) Trip Circuit Supervision Digital input

T2 TC2(CB-NC) Trip Circuit Digital input

TC-H Trip Circuit Supervision Healthy

TC-F Trip Circuit Supervision Faulty

Arr-En Auto Recloser Relay function Enable

Arr-Ds Auto Recloser Relay function Disable

SR / HR Relays / LED can be set Self Reset (SR) / Hand Reset.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 65/95

Refer following table for each bit position corresponds to protection function and digital input.

Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

S1/S2/S3/S4/S5 XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX G2 AB RR Protection Function Bit information to assign

Set Bit Assign required protection function and digital input Binary ‘1’ to Set Bit

Reset Bit Assign required protection function and digital input Binary ‘0’ to Reset Bit

RR Bit no. ‘0’ Remote Reset (RR) can be assign to any Status input.

AB Bit no. ‘1’ Auto Recloser Relay Block (AB) can be assign to any Status input.

G2 Bit no. ‘2’ can be assign to change Group 1 to Group 2 vise-versa by any Status input.

Not Applicable Bit no. 3 to 15 was not assign to any Status input.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 66/95

Refer following table for some equivalent Binary, Hex and Decimal values.

Binary Value Hex decimal Values Decimal Values

0000 0 0.

0001 1 1.

0010 2 2.

0011 3 3.

0100 4 4.

0101 5 5.

0110 6 6.

0111 7 7.

1000 8 8.

1001 9 9.

1010 A 10.

1011 B 11.

1100 C 12.

1101 D 13.

1110 E 14.

1111 F 15.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 67/95

4.4.14.3 To Set – Relay / LED Configuration :

→ Relay/LED Config ←

Password protected window for “Relay/LED Setting’’ for setting RL1, RL2, RL3, RL4, RL5, L5 Green, L5 Red, L6 Green, L6 Red, L7 Green, L7 Red, S1, S2, S3, S4 & S5. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously y set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ‘000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

RL1 A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output relay RL1. This contact RL1 A is not assigned to any above listed function

RL1 B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output relay RL1. This contact RL1 B is not assigned to any above listed function

RL2 A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output relay RL2. This contact RL2 A is not assigned to any above listed function

RL2 B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output relay RL2. This contact RL2 B is not assigned to any above listed function

RL3 A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output relay RL3. This contact RL3 A is not assigned to any above listed function

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 68/95

RL3 B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output relay RL3. This contact RL3 B is not assigned to any above listed function

RL4 B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output relay RL4. This contact RL4 B is not assigned to any above listed function

RL5 A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output relay RL5. This contact RL5 A is not assigned to any above listed function

RL5 B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output relay RL5. This contact RL5 B is not assigned to any above listed function

L5 Green A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L5 Green. This contact L5 Green A is not assigned to any above listed function

L5 Green B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L5 Green. This contact L5 Green B is not assigned to any above listed function

RL4 A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output relay RL4. This contact RL4 A is not assigned to any above listed function

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 69/95

L5 Red A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L5 Red. This contact L5 Red A is not assigned to any above listed function

L5 Red B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L5 Red. This contact L5 Red B is not assigned to any above listed function

L6 Green A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L6 Green. This contact L6 Green A is not assigned to any above listed function

L6 Green B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L6 Green. This contact L6 Green B is not assigned to any above listed function

L6 Red A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L6 Red. This contact L6 Red A is not assigned to any above listed function

L6 Red B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key (() or the down arrow key (() the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L6 Red. This contact L6 Red B is not assigned to any above listed function

L7 Green A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L7 Green. This contact L7 Green A is not assigned to any above listed function

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 70/95

S1 = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function (as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to Status Input S1. This contact S1 is not assigned to any above listed function

L7 Green B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L7 Green. This contact L7 Green B is not assigned to any above listed function

L7 Red A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L7 Red. This contact L7 Red A is not assigned to any above listed function

L7 Red B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to output LED L7 Red. This contact L7 Red B is not assigned to any above listed function

S2 = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function (as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to Status Input S2. This contact S2 is not assigned to any above listed function

S3 = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function (as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to Status Input S3. This contact S3 is not assigned to any above listed function

S4 = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function (as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to Status Input S4. This contact S4 is not assigned to any above listed function

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 71/95

Save Settings Mode for Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note: If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

→ Relay/LED Config ←

S5 = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) the desired Function (as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not Used) is assign to Status Input S5. This contact S5 is not assigned to any above listed function

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 72/95

4.4.14.4 To View – Relay / LED Configuration :

→ Relay/LED Config ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

RL1 A = 0000 RL1 B = 0000 RL2 A = 0000 RL2 B = 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

RL3 A = 0000 RL3 B = 0000 RL4 A = 0000 RL4 B = 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

RL5 A = 0000 RL5 B = 0000 L5 Green A = 0000 L5 Green B = 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

L5 Red A = 0000 L5 Red B = 0000 L6 Green A = 0000 L6 Green B = 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

L6 Red A = 0000 L6 Red B = 0000 L7 Green A = 0000 L7 Green B = 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

L7 Red A = 0000 L7 Red B = 0000 S1 = 0000 S2 = 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ Relay/LED Config ←

S3 = 0000 S4 = 0000 S5 = 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done previously. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 73/95

4.4.14.5 Example of Relay / LED configuration. :-

1. Suppose RL 1 required to configure with manual reset : R>>, Y>>, B>>

2. Suppose RL 2 required to configure manual reset: R>>>, Y>>>, B>>>

3. Suppose RL 3 required to configure manual reset : 3Io>>,EF>>, I2>>

4. Suppose RL 4 required to configure manual reset : 3Io>>>,EF>>>, I2>>>

5. Suppose RL 5 required to configure manual reset : R>, Y>, B>,3Io>,EF>

6. Suppose L5 Green required configure for C.B. OFF monitor via T2 self reset: T2

As T2 = ON = C.B. OFF

7. Suppose L5 Red required to configure for C.B. ON monitor via T1 self reset : T1

As T1 = ON = C.B. ON

8. Suppose L6 Green required to configure for Spring Charge monitor via S1 self reset : S1

As S1 = ON = Spring Charge

9. Suppose L6 Red required to configure for Spring Discharge monitor via S2 self reset : S2

As S2 = ON = Spring Discharge

10. Suppose L7 Green required to configure for IDMT Trip manual reset : R>>, Y>>, B>>, 3Io>>,EF>>, I2>>

11. Suppose L7 Red required to configure for Instantaneous Trip manual reset : R>>>, Y>>>, B>>>, 3Io>>>,EF>>>, I2>>>

12. Suppose S3 Status input required to configure for Remote Reset ( RR ) : S3

13. Suppose S4 Status input required to configure for Auto Recolser Relay Block ( AB ) : S4

14. Suppose S5 Status input required to configure for Group Change ( G2 ) : S5

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 74/95

Calculation to configure above protection function & status input : 1. Suppose RL 1 required to configure : R>>, Y>>, B>> Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0 Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>>

B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 Equivalent Hex No.

0 0 E 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^7 128+

2^6 64+

2^5 32=

224

Equivalent Decimal No

224

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Set Bit 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Equivalent Hex No.

8 0 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^15 32768=

32768

Equivalent Decimal No

32768

Set RL1 A = 00E0 Enter by Relay front PCB = 224 Enter by Relay Talk Software RL1 B = 8000 Enter by Relay front PCB = 32768 Enter by Relay Talk Software Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 75/95

2. Suppose RL 2 required to configure manual reset: R>>>, Y>>>, B>>> Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>> B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Set Bit 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

3 8 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^13 8192+

2^12 4096+

2^11 2048=

14336

Equivalent Decimal No

14336

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Set Bit 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

8 0 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^15 32768=

32768

Equivalent Decimal No

32768

Set RL1 A = 3800 Enter by Relay front PCB = 14336 Enter by Relay Talk Software RL1 B = 8000 Enter by Relay front PCB = 32768 Enter by Relay Talk Software Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 76/95

3. Suppose RL 3 required to configure manual reset : 3Io>>,EF>>, I2>> Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>> B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 7 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^10 1024+

2^9 512+

2^8 256=

1792

Equivalent Decimal No

1792

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Set Bit 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

8 0 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^15 32768=

32768

Equivalent Decimal No

32768

Set RL3 A = 0700 Enter by Relay front PCB = 1792 Enter by Relay Talk Software RL3 B = 8000 Enter by Relay front PCB = 32768 Enter by Relay Talk Software Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 77/95

4. Suppose RL 4 required to configure manual reset : 3Io>>>,EF>>>, I2>>> Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>> B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Set Bit 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

C 0 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^15 32768+

2^14 16384=

49152

Equivalent Decimal No

49152

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Set Bit 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Equivalent Hex No.

8 0 0 1

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^15 32768+

2^0 1

Equivalent Decimal No

32769

Set RL4 A = C000 Enter by Relay front PCB = 49152 Enter by Relay Talk Software RL4 B = 8001 Enter by Relay front PCB = 32769 Enter by Relay Talk Software Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 78/95

5. Suppose RL 5 required to configure manual reset : R>, Y>, B>,3Io>,EF> Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>> B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

Equivalent Hex No.

0 0 1 F

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^4 16

2^3 8

2^2 4

2^1 2

2^0 1

Equivalent Decimal No

31

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Set Bit 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

8 0 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^15 32768=

32768

Equivalent Decimal No

32768

Set RL5 A = 001F Enter by Relay front PCB = 31 Enter by Relay Talk Software RL5 B = 8000 Enter by Relay front PCB = 32768 Enter by Relay Talk Software Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 79/95

6. Suppose L5 Green required configure for C.B. OFF monitor via T2 self reset: T2

As T2 = ON = C.B. OFF

Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>> B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 0 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

Equivalent Decimal No

0

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 2 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^9 512=

512

Equivalent Decimal No

512

Set L5 Green A = 0000 Enter by Relay front PCB = 0 Enter by Relay Talk Software L5 Green B = 0200 Enter by Relay front PCB = 512 Enter by Relay Talk Software Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 80/95

7. Suppose L5 Red required to configure for C.B. ON monitor via T1 self reset : T1

As T1 = ON = C.B. ON

Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>> B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 0 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

Equivalent Decimal No

0

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 1 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^8 256=

256

Equivalent Decimal No

256

Set L5 Red A = 0000 Enter by Relay front PCB = 0 Enter by Relay Talk Software L5 Red B = 0100 Enter by Relay front PCB = 256 Enter by Relay Talk Software Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 81/95

8. Suppose L6 Green required to configure for Spring Charge monitor via S1 self reset : S1 As S1 = ON = Spring Charge

Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>> B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 0 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

Equivalent Decimal No

0

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 0 0 8

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^3 8=

8

Equivalent Decimal No

8

Set L6 Green A = 0000 Enter by Relay front PCB = 0 Enter by Relay Talk Software L6 Green B = 0008 Enter by Relay front PCB = 8 Enter by Relay Talk Software Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 82/95

9. Suppose L6 Red required to configure for Spring Discharge monitor via S2 self reset : S2

As S2 = ON = Spring Discharge

Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>> B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 0 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

Equivalent Decimal No

0

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 0 1 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^4 16

Equivalent Decimal No

16

Set L6 Red A = 0000 Enter by Relay front PCB = 0 Enter by Relay Talk Software L6 Red B = 0010 Enter by Relay front PCB = 16 Enter by Relay Talk Software Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 83/95

10. Suppose L7 Green required to configure for IDMT Trip manual reset : R>>, Y>>, B>>, 3Io>>,EF>>, I2>>

Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>> B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 7 E 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^10 1024+

2^9 512+

2^8 256+

2^7 128+

2^6 64+

2^5 32=

2016

Equivalent Decimal No

2016

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Set Bit 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

8 0 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^15 32768=

32768

Equivalent Decimal No

32768

Set L7 Green A = 07E0 Enter by Relay front PCB = 2016 Enter by Relay Talk Software L7 Green B = 8000 Enter by Relay front PCB = 32768 Enter by Relay Talk Software Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 84/95

11. Suppose L7 Red required to configure for Instantaneous Trip manual reset : R>>>, Y>>>, B>>>, 3Io>>>,EF>>>, I2>>> Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

Relay(n) / LED(n) A

3Io>>> Ie>>> B>>> Y>>> R>>> I2>> 3Io>> Ie>> B>> Y>> R>> 3Io> Ie> B> Y> R>

Set Bit 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

F 8 0 0

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^15 32768

2^14 16384+

2^13 8192+

2^12 4096+

2^11 2048=

63488

Equivalent Decimal No

63488

Relay(n) / LED(n) B

SR/HR XX ArrDs ArrEn TC-F TC-H T2 T1 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 OV UV I2>>>

Set Bit 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Equivalent Hex No.

8 0 0 1

* Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation

2^15 32768+

2^0 1

Equivalent Decimal No

32769

Set L7 Red A = F800 Enter by Relay front PCB = 63488 Enter by Relay Talk Software L7 Red B = 8001 Enter by Relay front PCB = 32769 Enter by Relay Talk Software Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 85/95

12. Suppose S3 Status input required to configure for : Remote Reset ( RR ) Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0 S1/S2/S3/S4/S5 XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX G2 AB RR Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Equivalent Hex No.

0 0 0 1

* Equivalent Decimal no. calculation

2^0 1=1

Equivalent Decimal

1

Set S3 = 0001 Enter by Relay front PCB = 1 Enter by Relay front PCB Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 86/95

13. Suppose S4 Status input required to configure for : Auto Recolser Relay Block ( AB )

Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

S1/S2/S3/S4/S5 XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX G2 AB RR

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 0 0 2

* Equivalent Decimal no. calculation

2^1 2=2

Equivalent Decimal

2

Set S4 = 0002 Enter by Relay front PCB = 2 Enter by Relay front PCB Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 87/95

14. Suppose S5 Status input required to configure for : Group Change ( G2 ) Bit Position 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Weight of Bit 2^15 2^14 2^13 2^12 2^11 2^10 2^9 2^8 2^7 2^6 2^5 2^4 2^3 2^2 2^1 2^0

S1/S2/S3/S4/S5 XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX G2 AB RR

Set Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

Equivalent Hex No.

0 0 0 4

* Equivalent Decimal no. calculation

2^2 4=4

Equivalent Decimal

4

Set S5 = 0004 Enter by Relay front PCB = 4 Enter by Relay front PCB Note :- * ‘Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation’ was applicable only when ‘Set Bit’ = 1

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 88/95

4.4.15 FAULT 1

4.4.15.1 To View – Fault 1 Data.

Note : Fault 2 to Fault 20 can be viewed as above

→ Fault 1 ←

This menu is to view the latest fault data stored by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date Time and Primary current. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

This window will show trip flag and TC: Trip Counter. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follows.

→ Fault 1 ←

R = 100.01 Y = 000.01 B = 000.01 3Io = 000.01 Date : 29/03/08 Time : 16:03:59.861

This window will show fault current in secondary in each Phase and Earth Fault as per “CT Sec” setting with Date & Time stamping up to millisecond. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follows.

Primary Current R = 01000A Y = 00000A B = 00000A 3Io = 00000A

This window will show fault current in primary in each Phase and Earth Fault as per “CT Primary” setting Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follows.

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

This window will show External EF current and Negative Phase sequence current in secondary value Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 89/95

4.4.16 STATUS

4.4.16.1 To View – Status

4.4.17 ERROR LOG

4.4.17.1 To View – Error Log

→ Status ←

This menu is to view the Status of Digital Input S1, S2, S3, S4, S5 and Trip Circuit Supervision Digital Input status T1 and T2. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

S1:OFF S2:OFF S3:OFF S4:OFF S5:OFF T1:OFF T2:OFF

This window will show status of Digital Input S1, S2, S3, S4, S5 and Trip Circuit Supervision Digital Input status T1 and T2. OFF : +B ( w.r.t. S COM –ve) not present at corresponding Digital Input ON : +B ( w.r.t. S COM –ve) present at corresponding Digital Input. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

→ Status ←

→ Error Log ←

This menu is to view the Error Log detected by the self supervision function of relay and showing detail information of trip circuit supervision. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Error Code : 0000 Trip Ckt. Test = NO T1: OFF T2:OFF Trip Ckt: Healthy

This window will show Error Code 0000 decteded by self supervision function of Relay i.e. 0001: Setting Error, 0002 EEP Error, 0004 : RTC Error ,

0016 : ADC Error, 0032 : F RAM1 Error, 0064 : F RAM2 Error. Trip Circuit Supervision = YES/NO i.e. YES : Enable, NO : Disable. Trip Circuit Supervision Digital Input T1 & T2 Status ON/OFF I.e. ON : - ve ( w.r.t. +B ) of CB coming through T1/T2. OFF: - ve (w.r.t. +B) of CB not coming through T1/T2 Trip Circuit Supervision: Healthy / Faulty. Healthy : Trip Circuit Supervision Healthy. Faulty : Trip Circuit Supervision Faulty. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

→ Error Log ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 90/95

4.4.18 CLOSE

4.4.19 TRIP

→ CLOSE ←

This menu is to perform Close operation for Circuit Breaker. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

CLOSE ? Mode for Close

This step is again asking confirmation to perform Close operation for Circuit Breaker. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Operating

By pressing the arrow key ( ) the relay will perform Close operation for Circuit Breaker which can be observed by CLOSE Red LED indication and physical changeover of RECL contact and control will automatically back to main menu list.

Password = 001 Use Inr / Dec

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ‘000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

→ CLOSE ←

→ TRIP ←

This menu is to perform Trip operation for Circuit Breaker. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use Inr / Dec

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ‘000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 91/95

4.4.20 Active Group

→ Active Group G1 ←

This menu will show selected Active Group from password protected menu General Setting.

TRIP ? Mode for TRIP

This step is again asking confirmation to perform Trip operation for Circuit Breaker. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Operating

By pressing the arrow key ( ) the relay will perform Trip operation for Circuit Breaker which can be observed by TRIP Green LED indication and physical changeover of Phase Trip contact and control will automatically back to main menu list.

→ TRIP ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 92/95

4.4.21 DATE TIME SETTINGS

4.4.21.1 To Set – Date Time Setting

→ Date Time ←

Password protected menu to set the Date and Time . Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001 Use INR/DEC

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow key or the down arrow key ( ). Note : Default password setting is ‘000’ Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Time Set : 1 SET Hrs = 014 Range 0_23 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) Hours can be set. The range is from 000-023 in steps of 001. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Time Set : 2 SET Mins = 005 Range 0_59 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) Minutes can be set. The range is from 000-059 in steps of 001. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Time Set : 3 SET Sec = 035 Range 0_59 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) Seconds can be set. The range is from 000-059 in steps of 001. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Date Set : 1 SET Date = 015 Range 1_31 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) Date can be set. The range is from 001-031 in steps of 001. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Date Set : 2 SET Month = 011 Range 1-12 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) Month can be set. The range is from 001-012 in steps of 001. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 93/95

4.4.21.2 To View – Date Time Setting

Date Set: 3 SET Year = 008 Range 00_99 Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key ( ) or the down arrow key ( ) Year can be set. The range is from 000-099 in steps of 001. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Save Setting ? Mode For Save

To Save any changes. Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will save the change and the following message is display. Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100sec.

OK

This window will flash for moment The control will return to the main menu

→ Date Time ←

→ Date / Time ←

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display as follow.

Time : 14 : 05 : 35 Fri 15 / 11 / 08

Press the arrow key ( ) the relay will display the main menu.

→ Date / Time ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 94/95

4.5 INPUT SIGNALS 4.5.1 Auxiliary Supply Input as per Back Terminals (BT) number. 4.5.2 CT Secondary Input as per Back Terminals (BT) number. 4.5.3 Status Input as per Back Terminals (BT) number. 4.5.4 Trip Circuit Supervision Input as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

4.6 OUTPUT SIGNALS

4.6.1 Trip Duty Trip contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number. 4.6.2 Trip Duty Programmable contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

4.6.3 Trip Duty BF(Local Breaker Back-up ) Protection contact as per Back Terminals (BT)

number. 4.6.4 Relay OK Healthy contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number. 4.6.5 Trip Duty Auto Recloser ‘Reclose’ contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number. 4.6.6 Trip Duty Auto Recloser ‘Lockout’ contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number. 4.6.7 Trip Duty Trip Circuit Supervision Contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 USER’S GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 95/95

4.7 Revision Note

Issue Date Description

01 06.05.2008 Original Version

02 15.11.2008 Relay / LED configuration setting menu changed

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 1/22

MENU CONTENT TABLE (For software V2.08)

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 2/22

CONTENTS

5 Menu Content Table 3

5.1 To View Measurement 3

5.2 To Set / View General Setting 4

5.3 To Set / View O/C – G1 Setting 5

5.4 To Set / View E/F – G1 Setting 6

5.5 To Set / View 3Io – G1 Setting 7

5.6 To Set / View NPS – G1 Setting 8

5.7 To Set / View O/C – G2 Setting 9

5.8 To Set / View E/F – G2 Setting 10

5.9 To Set / View 3Io – G2 Setting 11

5.10 To Set / View NPS – G2 Setting 12

5.11 To Set / View ARR Setting 13

5.12 To Set / View Relay/LED Setting 14

5.13 To View Fault 1 to Fault 20 Setting 15

5.14 To View Status Setting 19

5.15 To View Error Log Setting 19

5.16 To View Close Setting 19

5.17 To View Trip Setting 20

5.18 To View Active Group 20

5.19 To Set / View Date/Time Setting 21

5.20 Revision Note 22

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 3/22 5 MENU TABLE – SOFTWARE VERSION 2.08 5.1 To View – Measurement Setting

Secondary Current R=000.03 Y=000.02 B=000.04 3Io=000.03 CT Sec. Selected = 1A

Primary Current R=00000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00000A

I1=000.00 I2=000.01 EF=000.01

Secondary Current R = 000.00 Y = 000.00 B = 000.00 3Io=000.03 CT Sec. Selected = 1A

→ Measurement ←

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 4/22 5.2 To Set & To View General Setting

General Settings BF Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

General Settings New Password = 000Range 000-099 Use Inr/Dec

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

General Settings Baud Rate = 09600 Range 1200-57600 Use Inr/Dec

General Settings BF Delay = 0200 Range 200-1000ms Use Inr/Dec

General Settings Unit ID = 001 Range 001-250 Use Inr/Dec

General Settings Trip Cont = SR SR/HR Use Inr/Dec

→ General Settings ←

OK

General Settings BF Cont = SR SR/HR Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings Mode for Save

General Settings Active Group = G1 G1 / G2 Use Inr/Dec

General Settings Set Parity = Even None/Even/Odd Use Inr/Dec

General Settings CT Sec. EF = 1 Amp 1Amp/5Amp Use Inr/Dec

General Settings Cold Ld PKP = NO YES / NO Use Inr/Dec

General Settings Com Port = RS232 RS232 / RS485 Use Inr/Dec

General Settings CT Sec. = 1 Amp 1Amp/5Amp Use Inr/Dec

General Settings Trip Ckt. = NO YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

Language Sel. = ENG Unit ID = 0001 Baud Rate = 09600 Com Port = RS232

Set Parity = Even BF Enable = YES BF Delay = 0200 BF Cont = SR

CT Sec. = 1 Amp.CT Sec. EF = 1 Amp. CT Primary = 0100 Local Control = YES

General Settings Language Sel. = ENG Eng /Tur Use Inr/Dec

General Settings CT Primary = 0100 Range 10-2000 Use Inr/Dec

General Settings Local Control = Yes YES / NO Use Inr/Dec

Trip Ckt. = NO Trip Cont = SR Active Group = G1 Cold Ld PKP = NO

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 5/22 5.3 To Set & To View OC – G1 Setting

OC – G1 Settings IP> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

Password = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

OC – G1 Settings IP> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

→ OC – G1 Settings ←

IP>= ON IP> = 0020 IP>TMS = 01.00 IP>Curve = 0001 IP>C6 Delay = 00.05

IP>>= ON IP>>= 0020 IP>>TMS = 01.00IP>>Curve = 0001 IP>>C6 Delay = 00.05

IP>>> = ON IP>>> = 0200 IP>>> Delay = 00.05

OC – G1Settings IP> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

OC – G1 Settings IP>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

OC – G1 Settings IP> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.9S Use Inr/Dec

OC – G1 Settings IP> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

OC – G1 Settings IP>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

OC – G1 Settings IP>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

OC – G1 Settings IP>> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

OC – G1 Settings IP>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

OC – G1 Settings IP>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

OC – G1 Settings IP>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.9S Use Inr/Dec

OC – G1 Settings IP>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-02.00S Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings Mode for Save

OK

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 6/22 5.4 To Set & To View EF – G1 Setting

Password = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

→ EF –G1 Settings ←

EF – G1 Settings IE> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

EF – G1 Settings IE> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

EF – G1 Settings IE> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.9S Use Inr/Dec

EF – G1 Settings IE> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

EF – G1 Settings IE> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

EF – G1 Settings IE>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

EF – G1 Settings IE>> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

EF – G1 Settings IE>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

EF – G1 Settings IE>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

EF – G1 Settings IE>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.9S Use Inr/Dec

EF – G1 Settings IE>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings Mode for Save

EF – G1 Settings IE>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-2.00S Use Inr/Dec

EF – G1 Settings IE>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

IE>= ON IE> = 0020 IE>TMS = 01.00 IE>Curve = 0001 IE>C6 Delay = 00.05

IE>>= ON IE>> = 0020 IE>>TMS = 01.00 IE>>Curve = 0001 IE>>C6 Delay = 00.05

IE>>> = ON IE>>> = 200 IE>>> Delay = 00.05

OK

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 7/22 5.5 To Set & To View 3Io – G1 Setting

Password = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

→3Io – G1 Settings ←

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io > Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.90S Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.90S Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings Mode for Save

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-2.00S Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G1 Settings 3Io>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

3Io>= ON 3Io> = 0020 3Io>TMS = 01.00 3Io>Curve = 0001 3Io>C6 Delay = 00.05

3Io>>= ON 3Io>> = 00203Io>>TMS = 01.003Io>>Curve = 0001 3Io>>C6 Delay = 00.05

3Io>>>= ON 3Io>>> = 0200 3Io>>> C6 Delay = 00.05

OK

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 8/22 5.6 To Set & To View NPS – G1 Setting

Password = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

→ NPS – G1 Settings ←

NPS – G1 Settings I2>> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G1 Settings I2>>Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G1 Settings I2>>C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.90S Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G1 Settings I2>>Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G1 Settings I2>>TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G1 Settings I2>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-2.00S Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G1 Settings I2>>> = 0020 Range 50%-1500% Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G1 Settings I2>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings Mode for Save

I2>>= ON I2>> = 0020 I2>>TMS = 01.00 I2>>Curve = 0001 I2>>C6 Delay = 00.05

I2>>>= ON I2>>> = 0200 I2>>>Curve = 00.05

OK

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 9/22 5.7 To Set & To View OC – G2 Setting

OC – G2 Settings IP> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

Password = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

OC – G2 Settings IP> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

→ OC – G2 Settings ←

IP>= ON IP> = 0020 IP>TMS = 01.00 IP>Curve = 0001 IP>C6 Delay = 00.05

IP>>= ON IP>>= 0020 IP>>TMS = 01.00IP>>Curve = 0001 IP>>C6 Delay = 00.05

IP>>>= ON IP>>> = 0200 IP>>> Delay = 00.05

OC – G2 Settings IP> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

OC – G2 Settings IP>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

OC – G2 Settings IP> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.9S Use Inr/Dec

OC – G2 Settings IP> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

OC – G2 Settings IP>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

OC – G2 Settings IP>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

OC – G2 Settings IP>> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

OC – G2 Settings IP>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

OC – G2 Settings IP>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

OC – G2 Settings IP>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.9S Use Inr/Dec

OC – G2 Settings IP>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-02.00S Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings Mode for Save

OK

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 10/22 5.8 To Set & To View EF – G2 Setting

Password = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

→ EF – G2 Settings ←

EF – G2 Settings IE> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

EF – G2 Settings IE> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

EF – G2 Settings IE> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.9S Use Inr/Dec

EF – G2 Settings IE> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

EF – G2 Settings IE> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

EF – G2 Settings IE>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

EF – G2 Settings IE>> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

EF – G2 Settings IE>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

EF – G2 Settings IE>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

EF – G2 Settings IE>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.9S Use Inr/Dec

EF – G2 Settings IE>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings Mode for Save

EF – G2 Settings IE>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-2.00S Use Inr/Dec

EF – G2 Settings IE>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

IE>= ON IE> = 0020 IE>TMS = 01.00 IE>Curve = 0001 IE>C6 Delay = 00.05

IE>>= ON IE>> = 0020 IE>>TMS = 01.00 IE>>Curve = 0001 IE>>C6 Delay = 00.05

IE>>>= ON IE>>> = 200 IE>>> Delay = 00.05

OK

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 11/22 5.9 To Set & To View 3Io – G2 Setting

Password = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

→3Io – G2 Settings ←

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io > Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.90S Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>> TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>> C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.90S Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>> Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings Mode for Save

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-2.00S Use Inr/Dec

3Io – G2 Settings 3Io>>> = 0200 Range 50%- 2000% Use Inr/Dec

3Io>= ON 3Io> = 0020 3Io>TMS = 01.00 3Io>Curve = 0001 3Io>C6 Delay = 00.05

3Io>>= ON 3Io>> = 00203Io>>TMS = 01.003Io>>Curve = 0001 3Io>>C6 Delay = 00.05

3Io>>>= ON 3Io>>> = 0200 3Io>>> C6 Delay = 00.05

OK

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 12/22 5.10 To Set & To View NPS – G2 Setting

Password = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

→ NPS – G2 Settings ←

NPS – G2 Settings I2>> = 0020 Range 10%-200% Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G2 Settings I2>>Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G2 Settings I2>>C6 Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-99.90S Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G2 Settings I2>>Curve = 0001 Range C1-C6 Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G2 Settings I2>>TMS = 01.00 Range x0.02-x1.00 Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G2 Settings I2>>> Delay = 00.05 Range 00.00-2.00S Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G2 Settings I2>>> = 0200 Range 50%-1500% Use Inr/Dec

NPS – G2 Settings I2>>> Enable = YES YES/NO Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings Mode for Save

I2>>= ON I2>> = 0020 I2>>TMS = 01.00 I2>>Curve = 0001 I2>>C6 Delay = 00.05

I2>>>= ON I2>>> = 0200 I2>>>Curve = 00.05

OK

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 13/22 5.11 To Set & To View ARR Setting

→ ARR Settings ←

ARR = ON N SHOT = 004 DT1 = 010.00 DT2 = 005.10

DT3 = 010.00 DT4 = 005.10 Reclaim Time = 0200.0

DT4 = 1.00 Range 0.10-180.00S Use Inr/Dec

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

N SHOT = 000 Range 00-04 Use Inr/Dec

DT1 = 1.00 Range 0.10-180.00S Use Inr/Dec

AARR Enable = YES

YES / NO Use Inr / Dec

Save Settings?

Mode for Save

RECLAIM TIME Reclaim Time = 0100.0 Range 1.0-200.0S Use Inr/Dec

DT3 = 1.00 Range 0.10-180.00S Use Inr/Dec

DT2 = 1.00 Range 0.10-180.00S Use Inr/Dec

OK

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 14/22 5.12 To Set & To View Relay/LED Setting

→ Relay/LED Config ←

RL1 A = 0000 RL1 B = 0000 RL2 A = 0000 RL2 B = 0000

RL3 A = 0000 RL3 B = 0000 RL4 A = 0000 RL4 B = 0000

RL5 A = 0000 RL5 B = 0000 L5 Green A = 0000 L5 Green B = 0000

RL4 A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

RL3 B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

RL3 A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

RL5 B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

RL5 A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

RL4 B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L5 Red A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L5 Green B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L5 Green A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L6 Green B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L6 Green A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L5 Red B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L7 Green A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L6 Red B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L6 Red A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L5 Red A = 0000 L5 Red B = 0000 L6 Green A = 0000 L6 Green B = 0000

L6 Red A = 0000 L6 Red B = 0000 L7 Green A = 0000 L7 Green B = 0000

RL2 A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

RL2 B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

RL1 A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

Password = 001 Use Inr/Dec

L7 Red A = 0000 L7 Red B = 0000 S1 = 0000 S2 = 0000

L7 Red B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L7 Red A = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

L7 Green B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

S3 = 0000 S4 = 0000 S5 = 0000

RL1 B = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

S3 = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

S2 = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

S1 = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings? Mode for Save

S5 = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

S4 = 0000 Use Inr/Dec

OK

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 15/22 5.13 To View – Faults

→ Fault 1 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 2 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 3 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 4 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 5 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 16/22

→ Fault 6 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 7 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 8 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 9 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 10 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 17/22

→ Fault 11 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 12 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 13 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 14 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 15 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 18/22

→ Fault 16 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 17 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 18 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 19 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

→ Fault 20 ←

I> : R I>> : I>>> : TC : 0073

R=100.01 Y=000.01 B=000.10 3Io=000.10 Date : 13/10//08 Time : 12:50:15.500

Primary Current R=01000A Y=00000A B=00000A 3Io=00230A

EF=000.02 I2=000.76

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 19/22 5.14 To View – Status Setting 5.15 To View Error Log Setting 5.16 To View Close Setting

→ Status ←

S1 : OFF S2 : OFF S3 : OFF S4 : OFF S5 : OFF T1 : OFF T2 : OFF

→ Error Log ←

Error Code : 0000 Trip Ckt. Test = NO T1: OFF T2:OFF Trip Ckt: Healthy

→ CLOSE ←

Operating

CLOSE ? Mode For CLOSE

Password = 001 Use INR/DEC

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 20/22 5.17 To View Trip Setting 5.18 To View Active Group

→ Active Group ←

→ TRIP ←

Operating

TRIP ? Mode For Trip

Password = 001 Use INR/DEC

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 21/22

5.19 To Adjust & To View Date/Time Setting

Password = 001 Use INR/DEC

Time Set : 2 SET Mins = 005 Range 0-59 Use Inr/ Drc

Time Set : 3 SET Sec = 035 Range 0-59 Use Inr/ Drc

Time Set : 1 SET Hrs = 014 Range 0-23 Use Inr/ Drc

→ Date/Time ←

OK

Time : 04:32:20 Wed : 26/06/08

Save Settings? Mode for Save

Date Set : 3 SET Year = 008 Range 00-99 Use Inr/Dec

Date Set : 2 SET Month : 011 Range 1-12 Use Inr/Dec

Date Set : 1 SET Date = 015 Range 1-31 Use Inr/Dec

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 MENU CONTENT TABLE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 22/22

5.20 Revision Note

Issue Date Description

01 06.05.2008 Original Version

02 15.11.2008 Relay LEDs Configuration modified

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 1/10

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 2/10

CONTENTS

6.1 Protection Features 3

6.2 Relay Design Features 3

6.3 Block Diagram 4

6.4 Description 5

6.5 Technical Specification 6

6.6 Revision Note 10

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 3/10

6.1 Protection Features:

4 Element (3 Phase + EF) Over current IDMT/DMT with Instantaneous Element

(50/51 and 50N/51N).

Programmable (Non- Volatile) Setting By local keys as well as remote setting by

communication port

Selection of Curve: Five selectable curve (Normal Inverse 1 (C1), Normal Inverse 2, (C2)

Very inverse (C3), Extremely inverse (C4), Long time inverse (C5)) and Define Time (C6)

Instantaneous Over-Current Protection with adjustable timer.

Breaker Failure detection ( 50 BF)

In-built CB Trip Circuit Supervision function during pre closing and post closing of CB.

Negative sequence over current (46).

Auto Recloser Relay ARR ( 79 ) 6.2 Relay Design Features:

Large 20x4 LCD display for Parameter and setting display

Disturbance Recorder. Up 3 sec of actual waveform of current along with logical and

physical status, are captured & saved in the built-in memory with date time stamping, for

analyzing fault condition & fault location.

Fully communicable with IEC standard open protocol.

Separate Communication Port for SCADA (RS485) as well as Local testing (RS232C)

Very low burden on CT (less than 0.5VA)

Online display of CB status and other digital and logical status.

Continuous monitoring of module’s internal hardware and alarm generation in case of

failure of any critical components.

Facility to synchronised Relay time with external GPS network

5 Digital Output contacts for local alarm as well as tele-signalling

5 Optically isolated digital status input for monitoring of status and avoid used of external

relay logic

2 dedicated status input for Trip Circuit Monitoring

100 nos of event memory, event such CB close, Trip, digital status change, relay pkp etc.

All events are with date and time stamped up to 1ms.

20 nos of Fault data stored with keypad interface and time stamping.

2 no.s of setting group available for each protection function.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 5/10

6.4 Description:

ADR241B is second generation Numerical 3 OC + 1EF Over Current Relay. It consist all the

necessary protection and monitoring functions required for Normal feeder it consist of

1. High Speed Digital DSP Controller

2. Analog Measuring Module

3. Power supply Module

4. Digital Input output module.

The High speed Digital Signal Controller continuously monitors line phase current and E/F

current. Along with different status input, through CTs, and optical isolated status

connections. The high-speed micro-controller samples these current signals through a A/D converter. The Digital Signal performs powerful Numerical Algorithms to find out RMS of

fundamental & harmonic contents of the current. All measurement is tuned to fundamental

frequency i.e 50Hz, thus relay remain stable during distorted waveform generated

electronics loco-motive. All these measure values are then used for different protection

function such as IDMT Over current protection, Instantaneous Over current protection, E/F

protection etc. These measured values are also displayed on large 20 x 4 LCD display for

metering purpose. The DSC also monitors different digital input through optical isolator and

perform some monitoring function such trip circuit supervision, and control potential free

contact for control CB and generate ALARM and Tele-signalling.

The power supply module is basically DC – DC converted designed using modern PWM

based Switching mode technique to convert 110Vdc station battery supply to the 12V and

24Vdc low voltage supply for relay electronics and control circuit. It also provides necessary

isolation from station battery. There are two type of power supply modules are available 1)

having range of 77Vdc – 250Vdc. Covering requirement of 110Vdc and 220Vdc station

battery system 2) having range of 18Vdc to 52Vdc covering 24Vdc, 30Vdc, 48Vdc station

battery requirement.

The relay is having total 8 nos of dual LED of high intensity for easy identification of type of

fault for easy user interface. LEDs L5, L6 and L7 and Relay R1 to R5, digital status input and

controlled output are fully programmable via key pad interface.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 6/10

6.5 Technical Specifications

General specifications Sr. No. Specification Particulars

I. Current Input : Suitable for CT secondary 5 Amp. or 1 Amp. site selectable II. Aux. Supply : 18 – 125 VDC/AC.

III. VA burden on CT : Less than 0.2VA IV. VA burden on Aux. : Less than 10 Watts V. Operating Temp. range : -10 deg. To + 65 deg. VI. Continuous Current carrying

capacity : 2 x of rated

VII. Pick up : Within 1.1 times of set value VIII. Reset Value : 95% to 90% of pick up.

IX. Output Contact : 1 for Phase Trip : 1 for EF/NPS/3Io Trip : 1 for Reclose : 1 for BF : 1 for RL-OK. : 1 for R-LOCK : 5 for General Programmable

X. Contact Rating : Continuous : 5A : Make & carry for 0.5 sec : 30A : Make carry for 3 sec : 15A

XI. Opto Isolated input : 1 for CB NO : 1 for CB NC : 5 for General Programmable

XII. Thermal With stand for CT : 20 x of rated for 3.0 sec.

Phase Section (Ip) : Stage 1 (Ip > ) 10% - 200% insteps of 1% : Time Multiplier (TMS) x0.02 – x1.00 in step of 0.01. : Operating Time IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 – C5 or Definite

Time C6 (00.00 S – 99.9 S in step of 0.05) : Stage 2 (Ip >> ) 10% - 200% insteps of 1% : Time Multiplier (TMS) x0.02 – x1.00 in step of 0.01. : Operating Time IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 – C5 or Definite

Time C6 (00.00 S – 99.9 S in step of 0.05) : Stage 3 (Ip>>>) 50% - 2000% in steps of 50% and bypass : Operating Time (min) < 40 ms for 2 x In

XIII. Phase stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3

: Additional Time delay in stage 3 (IP>>>)

00.00 – 2.00 sec (in steps of 0.05)

Internal software derived Earth Fault Section (3Io) : Stage 1 (3Io > ) 10% - 200% insteps of 1% : Time Multiplier (TMS) x0.02 – x1.00 in step of 0.01.

XIV. 3Io stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3

: Operating Time IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 – C5 or Definite Time C6 (00.00 S – 99.9 S in step of 0.05)

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 7/10

: Stage 2 (3Io >> ) 10% - 200% insteps of 1% : Time Multiplier (TMS) x0.02 – x1.00 in step of 0.01. : Operating Time IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 – C5 or Definite

Time C6 (00.00 S – 99.9 S in step of 0.05) : Stage 3 (3Io>>>) 50% - 2000% in steps of 50% and bypass : Operating Time (min) < 40 ms for 2 x In

: Additional Time delay in stage 3 (3Io>>>)

00.00 – 2.00 sec (in steps of 0.05)

External Earth Fault Section (Ie) : Stage 1 (Ie > ) 10% - 200% insteps of 1% : Time Multiplier (TMS) x0.02 – x1.00 in step of 0.01. : Operating Time IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 – C5 or Definite

Time C6 (00 S – 99.9 S) : Stage 2 (Ie >> ) 10% - 200% insteps of 1% : Time Multiplier (TMS) x0.02 – x1.00 in step of 0.01. : Operating Time IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 – C5 or Definite

Time C6 (00 S – 99.9 S) : Stage 3 (Ie>>>) 50% - 2000% in steps of 50% and bypass : Operating Time (min) < 40 ms for 2 x In

XV. EF stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3

: Additional Time delay in stage 3 (Ie>>>)

00.00 – 2.00 sec (in steps of 0.05)

Negative Phase sequence Element I2 (46) Section : Stage 2 ( I2>>) 10% - 200% insteps of 1% : Time Multiplier (TMS) x0.02 – x1.00 in step of 0.01. : Operating Time : C1 IEC Std. Inverse. 1 (3.0S)

NPS Stage 2 and Stage 3

: C2 IEC Std. Inverse 2 (1.3S) : C3 IEC Std. Very Inverse : C4 IEC Std. Extremely inverse : C5 IEC Std. Long Time Inverse

XVI.

: C6

Definite Time 00 – 99 Sec In steps of 1.0s.

: Stage 3 ( I2 >> ) 50% - 2000% in steps of 50% and bypass : Operating Time (min) < 40 ms for 2 x In : Additional Time delay in

stage 3 (I2 >>>) 00.00 – 2.00 sec (in steps of 0.05)

Auto Recloser Section : Numbers of shot : 0 – 4 / 0 = bypass : Dead Time 1, 2, 3 & 4 : 0.1S – 180s in step of 0.10 s

XVII.

: Relaim Time : 1.0 – 200s in step of 1.0 s Operational Indicators (Flags) PROT.H /ERR : Green LED indicates Relay OK (Protection Healthy)

: In case of following condition LED become Red 1. Problem in Relay Hardware. 2. Trip Circuit Faulty

FAULT / PKP : Green LED indicates FAULT, Hand Reset (HR) Type. : Red LED indicate Relay Pick-up, Self Reset (SR) Type

XVIII.

DT / REC : Green LED indicate Dead Time ( DT ) : Red LED indicate Reclaim Time ( REC )

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 8/10

LOCK / BF : Green LED indicate ARR Lock-out, Hand Reset (HR) Type : Red LED indicate Breaker Fail, Hand Reset (HR) Type

L5 / L6 / L7 : Spare LEDs Programmable TRIP / CLOSE : Green LED indicates Output Trip Relay contact operated, (SR) Type

: Red LED indicate output close relay contact closer (SR) Type : For Cabinet Type - MAC01302 XIX. Drawing References

: For Back Connections - ADV00101 : For Typical External connection - ADV00602 : For Typical External connection - ADV00702 : For Draw-out Arrangement - MAC01303

Sr. No. Title Standard no.

Electromagnetic Compatibility Type Test : I. High Frequency test : IEC 60255-22-1, class - III

: Frequency : 1MHz Damped Oscillatory : Longitudinal :5 KV (peak) : Duration: sec duration 2 sec. : Between input current Terminal

II. Electrostatic discharge Direct application

: IEC 60255-22-2 Class III and IEC 61000-4-2 class III. : Contact discharge: 6kV, : Air discharge: 8KV : Polarity: both +ve and –Ve polarities.

III. Indirect application : IEC-61000-4-2, Class-III

IV. Fast transient disturbance : IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, class A : 1.2KV; 5/50ns; 5KHz burst duration = 15ms. : Repetition rate 300ms; Both polarities; Ri = 50Ω; duration 1 min.

V. Surge immunity test

: IEC 60255-22-5 / IEC 61000-4-6 class 4 : Differential Mode = 2kV : Common Mode = 4kV : 1.2/50uS , 5 surges of each polarity

VI. Power frequency immunity test : IEC-60255-22-7, Class-A

VII. Power frequency magnetic field test

: IEC-61000-4-8, Class-V

VIII. Radiated electromagnetic field disturbance

: IEC- 60255-22-3 : EN-61000-4-3 : Frequency 80MHz – 1GHz

IX. Conducted Disturbance induced by Radio Frequency field

: IEC 60255-22-6 / IEC 61000-4-6: 1996. : Freq. 150kHz – 80MHz, Amplitude 10 V, Modulation 80% AM @ 1

KHz X. AC Ripple in DC supply Test : IEC 60255-11 XI. Radiated emission : IEC- 60255-25

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 9/10

Insulation tests: XII. High Voltage Test

: IEC 60255-5. class - III : At 2.5kV 50Hz between all terminal connected together and earth

for 1 minutes XIII. Impulse Voltage Test

: IEC60255-5. class - III : Test voltage: 5KV (peak) 1.2 / 50us, : Energy :0.5 J, : Polarity : + ve and – Ve : Nos. of impulses : 3 positive and 3 negative impulse : Duration between Impulses : 5 sec.

Environmental tests: XIV. Cold test Storage test : IEC-60068-2-1

XV. Dry heat test : IEC-60068-2-2

XVI. Damp heat test, steady state : IEC-60068-2-3

XVII. Damp heat test, cyclic : IEC-60068-2-30 CE compliance

XVIII. Immunity : IEC-60255-26

XIX. Emissive Test : IEC- 60255-26

XX. Low voltage directive : EN-50178 Mechanical tests

XXI. Vibration : IEC 60255-21-1 class 1 : Frequency Range = 10Hz – 150Hz , acceleration. = 1gn (9.8 m/s2) : Sweep rate 1 octave/min; 20 cycle in 3 orthogonal axis.

XXII. Shock and bump : IEC- 60255-21-2

XXIII. Seismic : IEC-60255-21-3

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 10/10

6.6 Revision Note

Issue Date Discription

01 06.05.2008 Original Version

02 15.11.2008 Typo Error Corrected.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 APPLICATION GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 1/16

APPLICATION GUIDE

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 APPLICATION GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 2/16

CONTENTS

7.1 Main function 3

7.2 Over Current Element 3

7.3 Earth Fault Element 3

7.4 Inverse Time Curve 4

7.4.1 C1 - Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec) 5

7.4.2 C2 - Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec) 6

7.4.3 C3 - Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec) 7

7.4.4 C4 - Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec) 8

7.4.5 C5 - Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec) 9

7.5 Trip Circuit Supervision 10

7.6 Auto Recloser Logic 10

7.7 Breaker Failure Logic 10

7.8 Negative Sequence Over Current 11

7.9 Programmable Di/DO and LED 11

7.10 Monitoring Function (Event, Disturbance Recorder) 11

7.11.1 Wiring Diagram – External EF for EF protection 12

7.11.2 Wiring Diagram – Internal EF for EF Protection 13

7.12 Trip Diagram 14

7.13 Logic Diagram of RL1 to RL5 and LED 15

7.14 Revision Note 16

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 APPLICATION GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 3/16

7.1. Main Functions The ADR241B are having following protection functions.

1. 3 stage phase over current element. (Ip>,Ip>> and Ip>>>).

2. 3 stages of 3Io (internally derived EF) (3Io>, 3Io>> and 3Io>>>).

3. 3 stages of Ie (externally EF or REF) (Ie>, Ie>> and Ie>>>).

4. 2 stages of I2 (internally derived Negative Phase Sequence) (I2>> and I2>>>).

5. Trip Circuit Super vision.

6. Breaker Failure Detection.

7. Monitoring Functions.

8. Auto Recloser Relay (ARR).

9. Digital Input / Output Assignment

Each of these functions are independently programmable and can be enable or disable

by user depending upon requirement

7.2. Over Current Element:

The ADR241B is member of Ashida Numerical Relay family design for protection general

feeder. The relay has got three independent stages of over current (IP>, IP>>, & IP>>>).

Stage 1 (>) stage 2 (>>) can be programmed as IDMT or definite time. All major international

IDMT curves are available. Stage 3 (>>>) can be programmed instantaneous or define time.

Range of for stage 1 and 2 is 10% to 200% for phase and 10 to 200% for EF. For stage 3

phase 50% - 2000% The output of stage 1 (IP>) is separate and not connected to trip

contact. The output of Ip> can be assigned to any of 5 programmable relay through key

board. While output of IP>> and IP>>> is connected to trip element. Thus IP> can be used

as ALARM before trip or can be used to trip another CB before tripping main CB.

Although the curves tend towards infinite when the current approaches Is (general

threshold), the minimum guaranteed value of the operating current for all the curves with the

inverse time characteristic is 1.1Is (with a tolerance of ± 0.05Is).

7.3. Earth Fault Element:

The relay has got two different type of Earth Fault one is marked as 3Io and another is

marked as Ie. The 3Io is derived internally by software through phase current while Ie is

measured from external CT. Thus Ie can be used as Core Balance CT(CBCT) or Restricted

EF (REF). Each EF is having 3 stages (>, >>, & >>>). Stage 1 (>) stage 2 (>>) can be

programmed as IDMT or definite time. All major international IDMT curves are available.

Stage 3 (>>>) can be programmed instantaneous or define time. Range of for stage 1 and 2

is 10% to 200%, for stage 3 phase 50% - 2000%. The output of stage 1 (3Io>) is separate

and not connected to trip contact. The output of > can be assigned to any of 5 programmable

relay through key board. While output of >> and >>> is connected to trip element. Thus I>

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 APPLICATION GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 4/16

can be used as ALARM before trip or can be used to trip another CB before tripping main

CB. The separate output contact allows to use each stage for independent function such as

stage 1 can be used for ALARM stage 2 for tripping or both can be use for tripping

independent CB. Each stage can enable or disable depend upon application.

7.4. Inverse Time Curves: -

The each stage thresholds for phase (earth) over current can be selected with an Inverse

Definite Minimum Time (IDMT) characteristic. The time delay is calculated with a

mathematical formula

Curve Type Description A B

C1 Standard Inverse_1 0.14 0.02 C2 Standard Inverse_2 0.60 0.02 C3 Very Inverse 13.5 1 C4 Extremely inverse 80 2 C5 Long Time Inverse 120 1 C6 Define Time - -

The separate output contact allows to use each stage for independent function such as

stage 1 can be used for ALARM stage 2 for tripping or both can be use for tripping

independent CB. Each stage can enable or disable depend upon application.

K * aI

Iref

b1

t =K * aI

Iref

b1

t =K * aI

Iref

I

Iref

b1

t =K * aI

Iref

b1

t =K * aI

Iref

b1

t =K * aI

Iref

I

Iref

b1

t =

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 APPLICATION GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 10/16

7.5. Trip circuit Supervision :-

The ADR241B is having 2 separate digital opto-coupler status input which can be used to

continuously monitor continuity of trip-circuit. The general scheme is as shown in fig. 4.

Relay monitor Trip coil continuity through CB NO during close condition and through CB NC

during Trip condition. If any discontinuity observed it generate Alarm signal.

The output marked as PROTH (Protection healthy) is normally is ON and become OFF at

following condition

When DC supply is not sufficient (DC fail)

When T1 and T2 both active and both inactive. i.e CB NO as will as CB NC are both

close or open. Relay detects any internal hard ware Error.

7.6. Auto Recloser Logic:- The ADR241B is provided with 4 shot auto recloser function. There are 5 timer for auto

recloser 1) Dead Time for shot 1 (DT1) 2) Dead Time for shot 2 (DT2) 3) Dead Time for shot

3 (DT3) 4) Dead Time for shot 4 (DT4) and 5) Reclaim Time (RT). After clearing of fault

AD241B trigger dead Time 1 i.e DT1. After the time delay Relay provides reclose command

and start reclaim timer RT. If second fault occur during RT relay trigger Dead Time 2 i.e DT2.

If third fault occur during RT relay trigger Dead Time 3 i.e DT3, If Fourth fault occur during

RT relay trigger Dead Time 4 i.e DT4 and after time delay it again provide reclose command

and retrigger RT. If fifth fault occur during RT Relay generate Lock-Out alarm and block

further reclose. The Lock-Out condition can be reset locally as well remotely by SCADA

through communication digital status input.

7.7. Breaker Failure Detection:-

Normally after tripping current should become Zero within 100 – 200ms time depend upon

type of fault and breaker mechanism. After Fault ADR241B trigger internal timer (settable

from 0.1s to 1.0s) If fault is not cleared during this time then relay declare as Breaker fail

(LBB function) and change another contacts. This contact is marked as Breaker Fail can be

used to trip back up breaker or can be used to generate ALARM signal.

1

62

B+

B-

TC

CB NO

CB NC

Fig.4 Trip Circuit Logic

1

62

To Relay CPU

To Relay CPU

TCCOM

T1

T2

1

62

B+

B-

TC

CB NO

CB NC

Fig.4 Trip Circuit Logic

1

62

To Relay CPU

To Relay CPU1

62

B+

B-

TC

CB NO

CB NC

Fig.4 Trip Circuit Logic

1

62

To Relay CPU

To Relay CPU

TCCOM

T1

T2

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 APPLICATION GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 11/16

7.8. Negative sequence over current (46)

The ADR241B relay will be included programmable function to detect unbalanced fault

conditions. When earth fault elements are not operated or not sufficiently sensitive. The

ADR241B include negative phase sequence over current element it can be programmed as

IDMT or definite time the actual setting range will be finalized during later stage of design

7.9. Programmable DI/DO and LED :-

The ADR241B has got 5 digital outputs, 5 opto-isolated input and 6 general purpose LEDs.

These can be programmed by local key board. Any logical of physical status can be assigned

to any relay contact.

7.10. Monitoring Functions (Event, Disturbance Record) :-

Apart from basic protection functions. Relay is continuously monitors all substations

operation through status, it internal functions, internal hardware etc. if any changed is

observed it marked as event. Such type of events is stored in internal non-volatile memory

along with time stamped. Following some of the events. Relay PKP, Relay Reset, CB Trip,

CB close, changed of any digital status input, Relay setting changed etc.

Up to 100 such event can be stored and can be download for detailed analysis. Apart from

Event record Relay also record actual waveform of current along with all digital and logical

status during fault condition. Up to 20 such waveforms can be recorded; the duration of

disturbance record is 1 sec. This waveform can be downloaded through communication port

for further analysis.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 APPLICATION GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 14/16

Digital Input / Digital Output

The ADR241B relay has got large nos. of setting and functions, Many times all the functions are not

needed and it is totally depends upon application , system under protection etc. The ADR241B

provide very innovative technique to optimized external wiring. The relay provided with 2NO trip

contact which is general trip and it is common to stage 2 and stage 3 of most of the function.

Following logic diagram

7.12 Trip Diagram

TRIP

&IE>>

IE>>Enable

&IE>>>

IE>>>Enable

&3Io>>

3Io>>Enable

&3Io>>>

3Io>>>Enable

&I2>>

I2>>Enable

&I2>>>

I2>>>Enable

&

&

&

&IP>>Y

&IP>>R

&IP>>B

IP>>Enable

IP>>>Y

IP>>>R

IP>>>BIP>>>Enable

&TEST

TEST Enable

TRIP

&IE>>

IE>>Enable

&IE>>>

IE>>>Enable

&3Io>>

3Io>>Enable

&3Io>>>

3Io>>>Enable

&I2>>

I2>>Enable

&I2>>>

I2>>>Enable

&

&

&

&IP>>Y

&IP>>R

&IP>>B

IP>>Enable

IP>>>Y

IP>>>R

IP>>>BIP>>>Enable

&TEST

TEST Enable

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 APPLICATION GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 15/16

ADR241B has got 5 programmable relay and 8 programmable LED they can be assign to different

protection functions from key board. The method programming is given in user interface chapter.

Following logic diagram explain the functionality.

7.13 Logic diagram for RL1 to RL5 and Leds

&IE>

IE>Enable

&IE>>

IE>>Enable

&3Io>

3Io>Enable

&3Io>>

3Io>>Enable

&I2>>

I2>>Enable

&I2>>>

I2>>>Enable

&

&

&

&

IP>Y&

IP>R

&

IP>BIP>Enable

IP>>Y

IP>>R

IP>>BIP>>Enable

&

&

&

IP>>>Y

IP>>>R

IP>>>BIP>>>Enable

&IE>>>

IE>>>Enable

&3Io>>>

3Io>>>Enable

Not Connected

SR

HRSR Q

LED Reset

RL1---

RL5

&IE>

IE>Enable

&IE>>

IE>>Enable

&3Io>

3Io>Enable

&3Io>>

3Io>>Enable

&I2>>

I2>>Enable

&I2>>>

I2>>>Enable

&

&

&

&

IP>Y&

IP>R

&

IP>BIP>Enable

IP>>Y

IP>>R

IP>>BIP>>Enable

&

&

&

IP>>>Y

IP>>>R

IP>>>BIP>>>Enable

&IE>>>

IE>>>Enable

&3Io>>>

3Io>>>Enable

Not Connected

SR

HRSR Q

LED Reset

RL1---

RL5

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 APPLICATION GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 16/16

7.14 Revision Note

Issue Date Description 01 06.05.2008 Original Version 02 15.11.2008 Typo Error Corrected

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 COMMUNICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 1/9

COMMUNICATION

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 COMMUNICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 2/9

CONTENTS

8.1 IEC60870-5-103 INTERFACE for ADR241B 3

8.2 Physical connection and link layer 3

8.3 Initialization 4

8.4 Time synchronization 5

8.5 General interrogation 5

8.6 Cyclic measurements 5

8.7 Disturbance records 5

8.8 APPENDIX 5

8.8.1 Frames in Monitor Direction 5

8.8.1.1 System Functions in monitor direction 5

8.8.1.2 Status indications in monitor direction 6

8.8.1.3 Fault indications in monitor direction 6

8.8.1.4 Measurands in monitor direction 7

8.8.1.5 Private frames in monitor direction 7

8.8.1.6 Disturbance data transmission in monitor direction 7

8.8.2 Frames in Control Direction 8

8.8.2.1 Private frames in Control direction 8

8.8.2.2 System Functions in control direction: 8

8.8.2.3 General commands in control direction 8

8.8.2.4 Disturbance data transmission related messages in control direction 8

8.8.2.5 Actual Channel: Used for DR Transmission: 8

8.9 Revision Note 9

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 COMMUNICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 3/9

8.1 IEC60870-5-103 INTERFACE for ADR241B

IEC60870-5-103 applies to protection equipment with coded bit serial data transmission for exchanging information with control systems. This relay supports compatibility level 2.

The following IEC60870-5-103 facilities are supported by this interface:

• Initialization (Reset) • Time Synchronization • Event Record Extraction • General Interrogation • Cyclic Measurements • General Commands • Disturbance Records

8.2 Physical connection and link layer

Connection is available for IEC60870-5-103 through the front RS232 port as well as the rear RS485 port. The parameters of the communication are the following: • No Parity, Odd Parity & Even Parity

• 8 Data bits

• 1 stop bit

• Data rate 1200, 2400, 9600, 19200 38400 or 57600 bauds

Electrical connection for Front RS232 Port

P1

CONNECTOR DB9 Male

594837261

P1

CONNECTOR DB9 Femle

594837261

ADR241BComputer

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 COMMUNICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 4/9

RS485/RS422 communication port Electrical Connection provided at back of Relay

RS485/422 PORT

D9 Male

594837261

RX -

RX +

TX +

TX -

Rx+ and Rx- are Input to relayTx+ and Tx- are output from relay

8.3 Initialization

A reset of the communication function is affected by means of a reset command from the

control system. This is generally transmitted by control system when:

• Control system is initialized;

• The protection does not respond during a certain period. The reset command can be transmitted as:

• Reset frame count bit (FCB), or

• Reset communication unit (CU).

Reset CU will clear any unsent message frames in the relay’s transmit buffer.

The relay will respond to the reset command with an identification message ASDU 5, the

Cause of Transmission COT of this response will be either Reset CU or Reset FCB

Depending on the nature of the reset command. The following information will be contained in

the data section of this ASDU.

Manufacturer Name: ASHIDA

The Software Identification Section will contain the first four characters of the relay model

number to identify the type of relay.

In addition to the above identification message, if the relay has been powered up it will also

produce a power up event.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 COMMUNICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 5/9

8.4 Time synchronization

If the time synchronization message is sent as a send/confirm message then the relay will

respond with a confirm. Whether the time synchronization message is sent as a send confirm

or a broadcast (send/no reply) message, a time synchronization message will be returned as

Class 1 data.

8.5 General interrogation

In the control direction, general interrogation (GI) initiated by means of a GI command.

It is used to read the status of the relay, the function numbers, information numbers and

common address offsets that will be returned during the GI cycle.

When the list of messages subject to GI has been processed following by a GI command,

A GI termination message is then transmitted. A new cycle is not initiated in protection

equipment until a new GI impulse is received from control equipment.

8.6 Cyclic measurements

The relay will produce measured values using ASDU 3 and ASDU 9 alternately on a cyclical

basis, these can be read from the relay using a Class 2 poll. The measurands transmitted by

the relay are sent as a proportion of 1.2 times the rated value of the analogue value.

8.7 Disturbance records

The disturbance records stored by the relay can be extracted using the mechanism defined in

the IEC60870-5-103 standard. Disturbance data transmission initiated, first binary values are

transmitted first, followed by disturbance values. Initial status of the binary values transmitted

first, followed by tags for changed values.

Disturbance values are transmitted with increasing channel numbers. All ASDUs are

transmitted as data class 1 in the link layer.

8.8 APPENDIX 8.8.1 Frames in Monitor Direction 8.8.1.1 System Functions in monitor direction

INF Description GI TYP COT FUN (typical)

<0> End of general interrogation - 8 10 255 <0> Time synchronization - 6 8 255 <2> Reset FCB - 5 3 160

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 COMMUNICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 6/9

<3> Reset CU - 5 4 160 <4> Start/Restart - 5 5 160 <5> Power on - 5 6 160

8.8.1.2 Status indications in monitor direction

INF Description GI TYP COT FUN(typical) <18> Protection active X 1 9 160 <21> Test X 1 9,11 127 <19> LED Reset - 1 1,7,11 160 <27> Status 1 X 1 1,7,9,11 160 <28> Status 2 X 1 1,7,9,11 160 <29> Status 3 X 1 1,7,9,11 160 <30> Status 4 X 1 1,7,9,11 160 <31> Status 5 X 1 1,7,9,11 127

8.8.1.3 Fault indications in monitor direction

INF Description GI TYP COT FUN (typical) <64> Start/ pick-up L1 X 2 1,7,9 160 <65> Start/ pick-up L2 X 2 1,7,9 160 <66> Start/ pick-up L3 X 2 1,7,9 160 <67> Start/ pick-up N X 2 1,7,9 160

<117> OCR 1 pick-up X 2 1,7,9 126 <103> OCR 2 pick-up X 2 1,7,9 126 <105> OCR 3 pick-up X 2 1,7,9 126 <84> General start/ pickup X 2 1,7,9 160 <69> Trip L1 - 2 1,7 160 <70> Trip L2 - 2 1,7 160 <71> Trip L3 - 2 1,7 160 <90> Trip I> - 2 1,7 160 <91> Trip I>> - 2 1,7 160

<104> Trip I>>> - 2 1,7 126 <92> Trip IN> - 2 1,7 160 <93> Trip IN>> - 2 1,7 160

<121> Trip IN>>> - 2 1,7 126 <68> General Trip - 2 1,7 160 <85> Breaker failure - 2 1,7 160

<123> 3IO Stage 1 pick-up X 2 1,7,9 126 <124> 3IO Stage 1 Trip - 2 1,7 126 <125> 3IO Stage 2 pick-up X 2 1,7,9 126

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 COMMUNICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 7/9

<126> 3IO Stage 2 Trip - 2 1,7 126 <127> 3IO Stage 3 pick-up X 2 1,7,9 126 <128> 3IO Stage 3 Trip - 2 1,7 126 <129> NPS Stage 2 pick-up X 2 1,7,9 126 <130> NPS Stage 2 Trip - 2 1,7 126 <131> NPS Stage 3 pick-up X 2 1,7,9 126 <132> NPS Stage 3 Trip - 2 1,7 126

8.8.1.4 Measurands in monitor direction

INF Description GI TYP COT FUN (typical) <148> Measurand I1, I2, I3 - 9 2 160 <14> Measurand I4 - 9 2 160

8.8.1.5 Private frames in monitor direction

INF Description GI TYP COT FUN (typical) <0> Fault Data - 246 11 160

8.8.1.6 Disturbance data transmission in monitor direction

INF Description GI TYP COT FUN (typical)

<0> List of Recorded Disturbances X 23 31 160

<0> Ready for Transmission of Disturbance Data

- 26 31 160

<0> Ready for Transmission of Tags - 28 31 160

<0> Transmission of Tags - 29 31 160

<0> End of Transmission - 31 31 160

<0> Ready for Transmission of Channel

- 27 31 160

<0> Transmission of Disturbance Data - 30 31 160

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 COMMUNICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 8/9

8.8.2 Frames in Control Direction 8.8.2.1 Private frames in Control direction

INF Description TYP COT FUN (typical) <0> Fault List Request 24 11 160 <0> Fault Data Request 245 11 127

8.8.2.2 System Functions in control direction

INF Description TYP COT FUN (typical) <0> Initialization of general interrogation 7 9 <255> <0> Time synchronization 6 8 <255>

8.8.2.3 General commands in control direction

INF Description COM TYP COT FUN (typical) <19> LED Reset ON 20 20 160 <124> Output 1 (Trip Relay) ON 20 20 160

8.8.2.4 Disturbance data transmission related messages in control direction

INF Description GI TYP COT FUN (typical) <0> Order for Disturbance data

Transmission - 24 31 160

<0> Acknowledgement for Disturbance Data transmission

- 25 31 160

8.8.2.5 Actual Channel: Used for DR Transmission

INF Description <1> IR <2> IY <3> IB <4> IN

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 COMMUNICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 9/9

8.9 Revision Note

Issue Date Description 01 06.05.2008 Original Version 02 15.11.2008 Minor Typo Error Corrected.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 1/24

INSTALLATION COMMISSIONING &

RELAY TESTING

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 2/24

CONTENTS

9.1 Installation 4

9.1.1 Relay Connection & Diagram 4

9.1.2 Before energising following should be checked 4

9.1.3 Relay operating condition 4

9.1.4 CT Circuit 4

9.1.5 Insulation 4

9.2. Commissioning 5

9.2.1 Commissioning Test, Required Equipment 5

9.2.2 Checking of External Circuitry 5

9.2.2.1 Relay Back Terminal Wiring 5

9.2.2.2 Visual Inspection 5

9.2.2.3 Earthing 6

9.2.2.4 CT Polarity 6

9.2.3 Checking of Relay Setting 6

9.2.4 Final Checking 7

9.2.5 Commissioning Record Sheet 7

9.2.5.1 Relay identification 7

9.2.5.2 Commissioning Test Report 8

9.2.5.3 Commissioning record sheet for ADR241B_V2 Relay. 9

9.3 Post instillation / Commissioning observation 10

9.4 Testing of Relay 10

9.4.1 Relay Calibration 10

9.4.2 Diagram for Pickup and Timing Test 12

9.4.3 Testing of Over Current IP>> Protection 13

9.4.3.1 Pickup Test for Over Current IP>> 13

9.4.3.2 IDMT Time Test for Over Current IP>> 13

9.4.3.3 Pickup Test for Over Current Instantaneous Element IP>> 15

9.4.3.4 Operating Time Test for Over Current Instantaneous Element IP>> 16

9.4.4 Testing of 3Io>> Protection 16

9.4.4.1 Pickup Test for 3Io >> 16

9.4.4.2 IDMT Time Test for 3Io>> 17

9.4.4.3 Operating Time Test for Instantaneous Element 3Io>> 18

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 3/24

9.4.5 Testing of Earth Fault Ie>> Element 19

9.4.5.1 Pickup Test for Earth Fault Ie>> 19

9.4.5.2 IDMT Time Test for Earth Fault Ie>> 19

9.4.5.3 Operating Time Test for Earth Fault Instantaneous Element Ie>> 21

9.4.6 Testing of NPS (Negative Phase Sequence Element) 21

9.4.7 Testing of Annunciation for Both Over Current & Earth Fault 22

9.5 Other Functional Test 23

9.6 Revision Note 24

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 4/24

9.1. INSTALLATION 9.1.1. Relay Connection and Diagram

Before installation of the relay check the correct working procedure as to ensure safety and

the equipment documentation. Terminal exposed during installation may present a hazardous

voltage unless the equipment is electrically isolated. Any disassembly of the equipment may

expose parts at hazardous voltage. Electronic parts may be damaged if suitable electrostatic

discharge (ESD) precautions are not taken. Voltage and current connection should be made

using insulated crimp termination to ensure that terminal block insulation requirement are

maintained for safety. To ensure that wires are correctly terminated the correct crimp terminal

and tool for wire size should be used. The equipment must be connected in accordance with

the appropriate connection diagram.

9.1.2. Before energising following should be checked

a. Voltage rating and polarity.

b. CT circuit rating and integrity of connection.

c. Protective fuse rating.

d. Integrity of the earthing connection.

e. Voltage and current rating of external wiring, applicable to the application.

9.1.3. Relay Operating Condition

The equipment should be operated within the specified electrical and environmental limits. 9.1.4. Current Transformer Circuit

Do not open the secondary circuit of a live CT since the high voltage produce may be lethal to

personnel and could damage insulation. Generally, for safety, the secondary of the line CT

must be shorted before opening any connection to it. For ADR241_V2, terminal block for

current transformer termination has automatic CT shorting on removal of the module.

Therefore external shorting of the CTs may not be required.

9.1.5. Insulation and dielectric strength testing

Insulation testing may leave capacitors charged up to a hazardous voltage. At the end of each

part of the test, the voltage should be gradually reduced to zero, to discharge capacitors,

since this may result in damage.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 5/24

9.2. COMMISSIONING 9.2.1. Commissioning Test, Required Equipment.

ADR241B_V2 are fully numerical in their design, it has self supervision function continuously

keeping track on its internal hardware and the movement, it detects failure of any component,

it gives message on LCD display. So with this important function the commissioning test do

not need to be as extensive as with non numerical relays. To communicate ADR241B_V2

relay is only necessary to verify that its functioning correctly. At the time of commissioning of

ADR241B_V2 relay following test equipments are sufficient.

a. Current injector (Single Phase) 0-50A.

b. Timer with precision 1ms.

c. Multimeter Precision 1%

d. Required Auxiliary supply

e. Connecting wire as per required length extension board etc.

9.2.2. Checking of External Circuit

9.2.2.1. Relay Back Terminal Wiring Ensure the relay wiring as per appropriate wiring diagram on back terminal of relay.

a. CT Secondary to be connected to the relay 1A or 5A. All screws on the CT wiring to be

properly tightened. Warning: Open circuit of CT secondary wiring can cause high voltage

produce which may be lethal and could damage insulation.

b. Auxiliary supply input of the relay with proper polarity as positive supply mark with +Ve

and negative supply as –Ve on back sticker. The supply rang is also mentioned on back

sticker. Confirm the auxiliary supply before energizing the relay it should be within range.

c. Trip contact connection as per given schematic diagram.

d. Alarm contact connection as per given schematic diagram.

e. Extra Annunciation contact connection as per requirement as site selectable contacts are

provided.

9.2.2.2. Visual inspection

Check external wiring corresponds to appropriate relay diagram. The reference ferrule no. of

external wiring and relay back sticker on top of the metal box.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 6/24

9.2.2.3. Earthing

Earthing sticker is put on the bottom screw of the equipment box at the back side of the relay.

Ensure the relay earthing connected to the local earth bar with several relays present, make

sure that the copper earth bar is properly installed for solidity connecting to the earthing

terminal of each relay equipment box.

9.2.2.4. CT Polarity

Ensure proper CTs are connected as per required maximum load current and their polarity.

When all polarity of CTs are properly connected, unbalance current flowing through earth fault

element will found approximately zero. Otherwise the relay will trip in earth fault after

energizing of C.B.

CT polarity can be checked by following method :

Momentarily battery +Ve to P1 & -Ve to P2 .The center zero ammeter connected with +Ve to

S1 and –Ve to S2, will deflect in +Ve direction if CT polarity is correct.

9.2.3. Checking of Relay Setting

The relay setting check ensures that all of application specific relay setting for the particular

installation have been correctly applied to the relay. Enter all setting manually via the relay

front panel interface.

The commissioning of following points:

a. Ensure over current and earth fault trip setting.

b. Ensure TMS setting of over current and Earth Fault are entered correctly as per required time grading between feeder and incomer.

c. Ensure trip count reset application which are selectable as HR (Hand Reset) or SR (Self Reset).

d. Ensure instantaneous HF setting done correctly and its definite time delay are applied properly as per required time grading between feeder and incomer.

e. Ensure selection of programmable extra annunciation duty contacts is as per required function.

f. Ensure connected CT primary ratio is applied properly as per existing feeder and incomer.

g. Ensure selected CT secondary from relay back terminal is match with selected CT Secondary from relay setting.

h. Ensure annunciation contact reset function which is selectable as HR (hand Reset) or SR (Self Reset).

i. Ensure measure of applied current is same as the current measure in CT secondary current and CT Primary current also.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 7/24

9.2.4. Final Checking

After completion of all relay functionality testing and relay setting check. Remove all tests as

temporary shorting leads etc. if it is necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from

the relay in order to perform the wiring verification test. It should be ensured with the CT

connection are replaced in accordance with the relevant external connection or schemes

diagram. Ensure all fault & Annunciation contacts, trip contacts has been reset before leaving

relay.

If relay ADR241B_V2 is a newly installed or the CB has been just maintained the trip counter

of relay should be zero. This counter can be reset by using HW reset,LED reset and Up arrow

key.

To rest follow the instruction given below:

a. Press and hold ‘HW reset, LED reset’ key.

b. Now press and hold ’Up arrow key’.

c. Now release ‘HW Reset, LED reset’ and hold ‘Up arrow key’ until the following message is displayed

‘All Fault memory and password clear and all protection OFF press HW reset+ LED Reset’

d. Now press ‘HW Reset + LED Reset ’ and release to continue.

9.2.5. Commissioning record sheet 9.2.5.1. Relay identification

Commissioning Date: -

Commissioning Engineer: -

Substation Details: -

Circuit Details: -

ADR series relay model No. : - ADR 241B

Relay model No. : -

Relay Serial No. : -

Rated current : -

Rated Auxiliary Voltage: -

Communication Protocol: -

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 8/24

9.2.5.2. Commissioning Test Report Serial No. check.

All current transformer shorting - - - closed

Wiring check as per diagram (if available)

Relay equipment box properly earthed

Insulation tested

Auxiliary supply control

Auxiliary voltage value Vdc / Vac

Relay healthy contact

CT sec:_____ CT Primary:_______

Set relay CT sec and primary value as per system value.

Measurement: -

Applied current at primary side of CT and check Relay measure value

Measurement Applied Value in Amp. Relay Value in Amp.

Phase R Current

Phase Y Current

Phase B Current

3Io Current

Earth N Current

Phase Protection Test: - Setting IP>>: ________ IP>> TMS = :_______

Threshold Theoretical Value in Amp. Relay Value in Amp.

Ip>> Threshold

Ip>> Drop Threshold

Time Delay Setting = _________

IDMT Characteristics = ________ 10 Times _________Sec. (take value from selected curve)

Threshold in Sec. Relay in Sec.

Time Delay at 2 times of Ip>> setting

Time Delay at 10 times of Ip>> setting

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 9/24

Earth Protection Test: -

Setting 3Io>>: ________ 3Io>> TMS = :_______

Threshold Theoretical Value in Amp. Relay Value in Amp.

3Io>> Threshold

3Io>> Drop Threshold

Time Delay Setting = _________

IDMT Characteristics = __________ 10 Times _________Sec.

Threshold in Sec. Relay in Sec.

Time Delay at 2 times of 3Io>> setting

Time Delay at 10 times of 3Io>> setting

9.2.5.3. Commissioning record sheet for ADR241B_V2 Relay.

Password protection : -

Password : -

Setting Ref.

CT Ratio configuration menu

Line CT Primary connected ______A

Line CT Secondary

Protection menu:-

Phase Over Current : - (50/51)

Ip>> % trip setting = ______%

Ip>> Delay type setting IDMT

Normal Inverse 1 C1 Normal Inverse 2 C2

Very Inverse C3 Extremely Inverse C4

Long Time Inverse C5 Definite Time Delay C6

Ip TMS setting for IDMT

Ip>> IDMT Delay setting

51 IP>>> setting Yes No

IP>>> % Setting = ___%

IP> >> Delay Setting= _____Sec.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 10/24

Earth Fault Over Current (3Io) : - (50N/51N)

3Io>> % trip setting = ______%

3Io>> Delay type setting IDMT

Normal Inverse 1 C1 Normal Inverse 2 C2

Very Inverse C3 Extremely Inverse C4

Long Time Inverse C5 Definite Time Delay C6

3Io>> TMS setting for IDMT

3Io>> IDMT Delay setting

51N

3Io>>> setting Yes No

3Io>>> % Setting = ___%

3Io>> Delay Setting= _____Sec.

9.3. Post instillation / Commissioning observation

After successful installation conformer amount of existing load current in each phase (R, Y, B)

and Earth Fault (3Io). This can be confirmed with Analog/ Digital current meter available on

panel with relay primary and secondary current measurement window. In normal Balance

load condition the 3Io current should be vey low. Similarly Positive sequence current I1

should be approximately equal to average value of phase current while negative phase

sequence current should be very low. Trip test also can be carried out with test push button to

confirm trip circuit this test can be conducted without load also.

9.4 Testing of Relay 9.4.1 Relay Calibration

Before conducting actual test confirm relay calibration by following method. • Connect ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

• Following chart shows terminal numbers of 1A / 5A CT connections.

Phase 1A 5A R C3, C4 C5, C6 Y C7, C8 C9, C10 B C11, C12 C13, C14

EF C15, C16 C17, C18

• Connect R CT terminals as per the chart.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 11/24

• Adjust rated CT Secondary Current 1A/5A. Observe the current value from measurement

menu. The actual current should match with relay display.

• Adjust trimpot if it shows difference in actual and standard source. Refer following table

for calibration.

Phase Trimpot R P1 Y P2 B P3

EF P4

• Repeat the same procedure for other element.

Note: The 3Io is internally derived zero sequence current from phase current. Before testing

of pick up timing check calibration from by giving known current from stable current

source for correct phase sequence and equal value. We recommend digital current sources such as Doble F610 or Omricon test set. Adjust current equal to rated input,

i.e. 1A for A input or 5A for 5A input. If all sources are same and equal then observed 3Io, I1 and I2 current display on relay measurement menu. The 3Io value should be

less than 0.05 , I1 = 1.0 or 5.0A (+/- 3%) depend upon relay 1/5A setting and actual current input. and I2 should be less then 0.05.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 13/24

9.4.3 TESTING OF OVER CURRENT PROTECTION 9.4.3.1 Pickup Test for Over Current IP>> :

1. Connect ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

2. Select IP>> =50%,100%, and 200% as per table, IP>> TMS =x0.02

3. Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4. Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup indication of the relay.

5. When the injected current crosses IP>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as pick value of relay.

6. At the same time the relay latches the fault in the current buffer.

7. Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

8. Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)

IP>> % R Phase Y Phase B Phase Limit value(amp)

1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A Min Max Min Max 50% 0.5 0.55 2.0 2.75 100% 1.0 1.1 5.0 5.5 200% 2.0 2.2 10.0 11

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value)

9.4.3.2 IDMT Time Test for Over Current IP>> :

1. Set IP>> = and Ip>> TMS as per table.

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current to required value as per test report.

4. Reset the Timer.

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting for different phases as per test report.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 14/24

Operating Time Test Setting Ip>> = 100% TMS = x 1.0 Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your requirement

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

R Phase

10N 10A 50A 2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

Y Phase

10N 10A 50A 2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

B Phase

10N 10A 50A Setting Ip>> = 100% TMS = x 0.1 Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

R Phase

10N 10A 50A 2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

Y Phase

10N 10A 50A 2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

B Phase

10N 10A 50A (Operating time should as per curve as per following table)

C1 : Reading By Curve 10N = 3 Sec. C2 = Reading By Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec. C3 : Reading By Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec. C4 = Reading By Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec. C5 : Reading By Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.

CURVE : C1 CURVE : C2

Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 10.128 8.86 to 11.39 2N 4.389 3.84 to 4.93 5N 4.322 3.99 to 4.64 5N 1.873 1.73 to 2.01 10N 3.000 2.85 to 3.15 10N 1.300 1.23 to 1.36 20N 2.290 2.17 to 2.40

20N 0.992 0.94 to 1.04

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 15/24

CURVE : C3 CURVE : C4 Set

Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 13.500 11.81 to 15.18 2N 26.667 23.33 to 30.00 5N 3.375 3.12 to 3.62 5N 3.333 3.08 to 3.58 10N 1.500 1.42 to 1.57 10N 0.808 0.76 to 0.84 20N 0.711 0.67 to 0.74

20N 0.201 0.19 to 0.21 CURVE : C5

Set Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 120.000 105 .00 to 135.00 5N 30.000 27.75 to 32.25

10N 13.333 12.66 to 13.99 20N 6.316 6.00 to 6.63

9.4.3.3 Pick-up Testing for Over Current Instantaneous Element

1. Set IP>>> = 200%, IP>>> delay = 0.

2. Start increasing the current using variac when it crosses IP>>> % settings the relay gives trip signal and the timer will stop.

3. The unit latches the fault current and will display message as follows:

IP> : IP>> : TC : 0026 IP>>> : R

R = 10.00 Y = 00.10 B = 00.10 N = 000.0 Date : 01/09/05 Time : 12:04:33:034

4. Note down the current value. At which relay trip.

5. Repeat the procedure for different setting as per test report.

H.F. Test : [ Amp.]

For 1 A For 5 A IP>>> % 200% (2A) 200%(10) R (Amps) Y (Amps) B (Amps)

The actual value should be with in +/- 10% setting

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 16/24

9.4.3.4 Operating Time test for Over Current Instantaneous Element

1. Set IP>>> setting = 100%, IP>>>delay = 00

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current equal to 1.5N of IP>>> (1.5A for 1A input and 7.5A for 5A input) setting value.

4. Reset the Timer.

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting for different phases as per test report.

HF Time Testing For O/C :

Set Delay =00 Set Delay =1.0s IP>>> Time Delay settings Observed Theoretical Observe Theoretical

Observed Delay Less than 40mS 0.95 – 1.05 sec

9.4.4 TESTING OF EARTH FAULT CURRENT PROTECTION 9.4.4.1 Pickup Test for 3Io>> Element

Note: The 3Io is internally derived zero sequence current from phase current. Before

testing of pick up timing check calibration from by giving known current from

stable current source for correct phase sequence and equal value. We recommend digital current sources such as Doble F610 or Omricon test set. Adjust current

equal to rated input, i.e. 1A for A input or 5A for 5A input. If all sources are same and equal then observed 3Io, I1 and I2 current display on relay measurement menu.

The 3Io value should be less than 0.05 , I1 = 1.0 or 5.0A (+/- 3%) depend upon relay 1/5A setting and actual current input. And I2 should be less then 0.05.

1. Connect to R Phase CT input terminal of ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

2. Select 3Io>> =10%, 3Io>> TMS =x0.02

3. Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4. Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup indication of the relay.

5. When the injected current crosses 3Io>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as pick value of relay.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 17/24

6. Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)

3Io>> % R Phase Limit value(amp)

1A 5A 1A 5A Min Max Min Max

10% 0.1 0.12 0.5 0.55 50% 0.5 0.55 2.5 2.75

100% 1.0 1.2 10.0 11.0

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value) 9.4.4.2 IDMT Time Test for 3Io>> Element

1. Set 3Io>> = and 3Io>> TMS as per table.

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current to required value as per test report.

4. Reset the Timer.

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting. Operating Time Test

Setting 3Io>> = 50% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF TMS = x 1.0 Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your requirement

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 1A 5A 5N 2.5A 7.5A

R Phase

10N 5A 25A Setting 3Io>> = 100% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF TMS = x 0.1 Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 1A 5A 5N 2.5A 7.5A

R Phase

10N 5A 25A

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 18/24

(Operating time should as per curve as per following table)

C1: Reading by Curve 10N = 3 Sec. C2 = Reading by Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec. C3: Reading by Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec. C4 = Reading by Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec. C5: Reading by Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.

CURVE: C1 CURVE: C2

Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 10.128 8.86 to 11.39 2N 4.389 3.84 to 4.93 5N 4.322 3.99 to 4.64 5N 1.873 1.73 to 2.01 10N 3.000 2.85 to 3.15 10N 1.300 1.23 to 1.36 20N 2.290 2.17 to 2.40

20N 0.992 0.94 to 1.04

CURVE: C3 CURVE: C4 Set

Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 13.500 11.81 to 15.18 2N 26.667 23.33 to 30.00 5N 3.375 3.12 to 3.62 5N 3.333 3.08 to 3.58 10N 1.500 1.42 to 1.57 10N 0.808 0.76 to 0.84 20N 0.711 0.67 to 0.74

20N 0.201 0.19 to 0.21 CURVE: C5

Set Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 120.000 105 .00 to 135.00 5N 30.000 27.75 to 32.25

10N 13.333 12.66 to 13.99 20N 6.316 6.00 to 6.63

9.4.4.3 Operating Time Test for Instantaneous Element 3Io>>

1. Set 3Io>>> setting = 50%, 3Io>>>delay = 00

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current equal to 1.5N of 3Io>>> (0.75A for 1A input and 3.75A for 5A input) setting value.

4. Reset the Timer.

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting for different setting as per test report.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 19/24

HF Time Testing For 3Io :

Set Delay =00 Set Delay =1.0s 3Io>>> Time Delay settings Observed Theoretical Observe Theoretical

Observed Delay Less than 40mS 0.95 – 1.05 sec

9.4.5 Testing of Earth Fault (EF) Element

9.4.5.1 Pickup Test for Earth Fault Ie>> Element

Note: The Ie externally measure the EF and this element can be used as additional EF like REF etc

1. Connect to EF CT input terminal of ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

2. Select Ie>> =10%, Ie>> TMS =x0.02

3. Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4. Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup indication of the relay.

5. When the injected current crosses Ie>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as pick value of relay.

6. Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)

Ie>> % EF input Limit value(amp)

1A 5A 1A 5A Min Max Min Max

10% 0.1 0.12 0.5 0.55 50% 0.5 0.55 2.5 2.75 80% 0.8 0.88 4.0 4.44

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value)

9.4.5.2 DMT Time Test for Earth Fault Ie>>

1. Set Ie>> = and Ie>> TMS as per table.

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current to required value as per test report.

4. Reset the Timer.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 20/24

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting. Operating Time Test

Setting Ie>> = 50% TMS = x 1.0 Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your requirement

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 1A 5A 5N 2.5A 7.5A

EF

10N 5A 25A Setting Ip>> = 100% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF TMS = x 0.1 Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 1A 5A 5N 2.5A 7.5A

EF

10N 5A 25A

(Operating time should as per curve as per following table)

C1 : Reading By Curve 10N = 3 Sec. C2 = Reading By Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec. C3 : Reading By Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec. C4 = Reading By Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec. C5 : Reading By Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.

CURVE : C1 CURVE : C2

Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 10.128 8.86 to 11.39 2N 4.389 3.84 to 4.93 5N 4.322 3.99 to 4.64 5N 1.873 1.73 to 2.01 10N 3.000 2.85 to 3.15 10N 1.300 1.23 to 1.36 20N 2.290 2.17 to 2.40

20N 0.992 0.94 to 1.04

CURVE : C3 CURVE : C4 Set

Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 13.500 11.81 to 15.18 2N 26.667 23.33 to 30.00 5N 3.375 3.12 to 3.62 5N 3.333 3.08 to 3.58 10N 1.500 1.42 to 1.57 10N 0.808 0.76 to 0.84 20N 0.711 0.67 to 0.74

20N 0.201 0.19 to 0.21

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 21/24

CURVE : C5

Set Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 120.000 105 .00 to 135.00 5N 30.000 27.75 to 32.25

10N 13.333 12.66 to 13.99 20N 6.316 6.00 to 6.63

9.4.5.3 Operating Time Test for Instantaneous Earth Fault Ie>>>

1. Set Ie>>> setting = 50%, Ie>>>delay = 00

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current equal to 1.5N of Ie>>> (0.75A for 1A input and 3.75A for 5A input) setting value.

4. Reset the Timer.

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting for different setting as per test report.

HF Time Testing For EF :

Set Delay =00 Set Delay =1.0s Ie>>> Time Delay settings Observed Theoretical Observed Theoretical

Observed Delay Less than 40mS 0.95 – 1.05 sec 9.4.6 Testing of NPS (Negative Phase sequence Element)

The testing of I2 (NPS) is difficult using ordinary testing kit, It required to have digital test

setup. Like Dobel F6 TesT or PROTest. But if test for Ip> for All phase and 3Io element

test are ok then relay will function properly for I2 setting as current negative phase

sequence current I2 is derived internally from IR, IY and IB current.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 22/24

9.4.7 Testing Of Annunciation For Both O/C and EF

1. In Relay/LED configuration menu configure relay and Led as below.

Relay Configuration LED Configuration Relay Relay

Configuration Setting

Assign Function

LED Relay Configuration

Setting

Assign Function

RL1 A 0020 R>> LED5 GREEN A 0020 R>> RL1 B 8000 HR LED5 GREEN B 8000 HR RL2 A 0040 Y>> LED5 RED A 0040 Y>> RL2 B 8000 HR LED5 RED B 8000 HR RL3 A 0080 B>> LED6 GREEN A 0080 B>> RL3 B 8000 HR LED6 GREEN B 8000 HR RL4 A 0100 E>> LED6 RED A 0100 E>> RL4 B 8000 HR LED6 RED B 8000 HR RL5 A 0800 R>>> LED7 GREEN A 0800 R>>> RL5 B 8000 HR LED7 GREEN B 8000 HR

LED7 RED A 1000 Y>>> LED7 RED B 8000 HR

2. Ip>> =100%, Ip>> TMS = 0x0.02 & Ip>>>=100% , IP>>> Delay =00.00

3. Connect R CT terminal to current injector.

4. Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup indication of the relay.

5. When the injected current crosses Ip>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. At the same time relay RL1 will operate and LED L5 GREEN will glow . Same will be reset manually as per configuration.

6. Follow the same procedure for every condition given above.

7. The result will found as per chart given below.

configuration RL1 RL2 RL3 RL4 RL5 L5 GREEN

L5 RED

L6 GREEN

L6 RED

L7 GREEN

L7 RED

R>> ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

Y>> OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF

B>> OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF

E>> OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

R>>> OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF

Y>>> OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 23/24

9.5 Other Functional Test • Key functions: ______________

• HF Time Test (Should be <40ms at 2 times of HF settings ) : ______ .

• Trip Relay contacts: _______________.

• BF Timing Test : _______________

• BF Relay contacts : ______________

• Relay R1 to R5 Contacts : ________________

• Status S1 to S5 :_________________

• Status T1 & T2 : ____________

• Communication Test 1) RS 232 : _________ 2) RS 485 : __________

• Back Terminal Connection: _______________________________.

• Insulation test: __________________MΩ @ 1000VDC.

• H.V. Test: @ 2000VAC between all Terminals and body for 60 Sec. _____________.

• Conclusion: ________________________________________________.

Tested By Checked By (QC)

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 24/24

9.6 Revision Note

Issue Date Description 01 06.05.2008 Original Version 02 15.11.2008 Minor Typo Error corrected.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 1/16

PERIODIC RELAY

TESTING

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 2/16

CONTENTS

10 Periodic Testing 3

10.1 Trip Test 3

10.2 Functional Test 3

10.3 Testing of Relay 3

10.3.1 Relay Calibration 3

10.3.2 Diagram for Pickup and Timing Test 5

10.3.3 Testing of Over Current Protection 6

10.3.3.1 Pickup Test for Over Current 6

10.3.3.2 IDMT Time Test for Over Current 6

10.3.3.3 Testing of HF Pickup for Over Current Test 8

10.3.3.4 Operating Time test of HF for Over Current 9

10.3.4 Testing Of Earth Fault Current Protection 9

10.3.4.1 Testing of 3IO element 9

10.3.4.2 IDMT test for 3IO>> 10

10.3.4.3 Operating time test of HF for 3IO 11

10.3.4.4 Testing of EF element 12

10.3.4.5 IDMT time test for Ie >> 12

10.3.4.6 Operating Time test of HF for EF 14

10.3.4.7 Testing of NPS 14

10.3.5 Testing Of Annunciation For Both O/C and EF 14

10.3.6 Other functional tests 15

10.4 Revision Note 16

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 3/16

10 Periodic Testing As ADR241B_V2 is a numerical relay which is designed through the latest DSP technology and having self supervision function it is not necessary to test relay

completely. To conduct periodic testing a short testing is also sufficient to confirm relays functionality.

10.1. Trip Test

By pushing ‘Test’ push button relay hardware can tested as it will execute trip command &

records existing load current value in fault memory. In fault record flag indication is not there

its means it was a trip test conduct.

10.2. Functional Test

The relay can be tested in following way (External Test Report ADR241B_V2) 10.3. Testing of Relay 10.3.1. Relay Calibration

Before conducting actual test confirm relay calibration by following method. • Connect ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

• Following chart shows terminal numbers of 1A / 5A CT connections.

Phase 1A 5A R C3, C4 C5, C6 Y C7, C8 C9, C10 B C11, C12 C13, C14

EF C15, C16 C17, C18

• Connect R CT terminals as per the chart.

• Adjust rated CT Secondary Current 1A/5A. Observe the current value from measurement

menu. The actual current should match with relay display.

• Adjust trimpot if it shows difference in actual and standard source. Refer following table

for calibration.

Phase Trimpot R P1 Y P2 B P3

EF P4

• Repeat the same procedure for other element.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 4/16

Note: The 3Io is internally derived zero sequence current from phase current. Before testing

of pick up timing check calibration from by giving known current from stable current source for correct phase sequence and equal value. We recommend digital current

sources such as Doble F610 or Omricon test set. Adjust current equal to rated input, i.e. 1A for A input or 5A for 5A input. If all sources are same and equal then observed

3Io, I1 and I2 current display on relay measurement menu. The 3Io value should be less than 0.05 , I1 = 1.0 or 5.0A (+/- 3%) depend upon relay 1/5A setting and actual

current input. and I2 should be less then 0.05.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 6/16

10.3.3. TESTING OF OVER CURRENT PROTECTION 10.3.3.1. Pickup Test for O/C :

1. Connect ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

2. Select IP>> =50%,100%, and 200% as per table, IP>> TMS =x0.02

3. Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4. Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup indication of the relay.

5. When the injected current crosses IP>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as pick value of relay.

6. At the same time the relay latches the fault in the current buffer.

7. Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

8. Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)

IP>> % R Phase Y Phase B Phase Limit value(amp)

1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A Min Max Min Max 50% 0.5 0.55 2.0 2.75 100% 1.0 1.1 5.0 5.5 200% 2.0 2.2 10.0 11

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value)

10.3.3.2. IDMT Time Test for O/C :

1. Set IP>> = and ip>> TMS as per table.

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current to required value as per test report.

4. Reset the Timer.

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting for different phases as per test report.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 7/16

Operating Time Test Setting Ip>> = 100% TMS = x 1.0 Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your requirement

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

R Phase

10N 10A 50A 2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

Y Phase

10N 10A 50A 2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

B Phase

10N 10A 50A Setting Ip>> = 100% TMS = x 0.1 Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

R Phase

10N 10A 50A 2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

Y Phase

10N 10A 50A 2N 2A 10A 5N 5A 25A

B Phase

10N 10A 50A (Operating time should as per curve as per following table)

C1 : Reading By Curve 10N = 3 Sec. C2 = Reading By Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec. C3 : Reading By Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec. C4 = Reading By Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec. C5 : Reading By Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.

CURVE : C1 CURVE : C2

Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 10.128 8.86 to 11.39 2N 4.389 3.84 to 4.93 5N 4.322 3.99 to 4.64 5N 1.873 1.73 to 2.01 10N 3.000 2.85 to 3.15 10N 1.300 1.23 to 1.36 20N 2.290 2.17 to 2.40

20N 0.992 0.94 to 1.04

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 8/16

CURVE : C3 CURVE : C4 Set

Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 13.500 11.81 to 15.18 2N 26.667 23.33 to 30.00 5N 3.375 3.12 to 3.62 5N 3.333 3.08 to 3.58 10N 1.500 1.42 to 1.57 10N 0.808 0.76 to 0.84 20N 0.711 0.67 to 0.74

20N 0.201 0.19 to 0.21 CURVE : C5

Set Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 120.000 105 .00 to 135.00 5N 30.000 27.75 to 32.25

10N 13.333 12.66 to 13.99 20N 6.316 6.00 to 6.63

10.3.3.3. Testing of HF Pick-up for O/C Test

1. Set IP>>> = 200%, IP>>> delay = 0.

2. Start increasing the current using variac when it crosses IP>>> % settings the relay gives trip signal and the timer will stop.

3. The unit latches the fault current and will display message as follows:

IP> : IP>> : TC : 0026 IP>>> : R

R = 10.00 Y = 00.10 B = 00.10 N = 000.0 Date : 01/09/05 Time : 12:04:33:034

4. Note down the current value. At which relay trip.

5. Repeat the procedure for different setting as per test report.

H.F. Test : [ Amp.]

For 1 A For 5 A IP>>> % 200% (2A) 200%(10) R (Amps) Y (Amps) B (Amps)

The actual value should be with in +/- 10% setting

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 9/16

10.3.3.4. Operating Time test of HF for O/C

1. Set IP>>> setting = 100%, IP>>>delay = 00

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current equal to 1.5N of IP>>> (1.5A for 1A input and 7.5A for 5A input) setting value.

4. Reset the Timer.

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting for different phases as per test report.

HF Time Testing For O/C :

Set Delay =00 Set Delay =1.0s IP>>> Time Delay settings Observed Theoretical Observe Theoretical

Observed Delay Less than 40mS 0.95 – 1.05 sec

10.3.4. TESTING OF EARTH FAULT CURRENT PROTECTION 10.3.4.1. Testing of 3Io element

Note: The 3Io is internally derived zero sequence current from phase current. Before

testing of pick up timing check calibration from by giving known current from

stable current source for correct phase sequence and equal value. We recommend digital current sources such as Doble F610 or Omricon test set. Adjust current

equal to rated input, i.e. 1A for A input or 5A for 5A input. If all sources are same and equal then observed 3Io, I1 and I2 current display on relay measurement menu.

The 3Io value should be less than 0.05 , I1 = 1.0 or 5.0A (+/- 3%) depend upon relay 1/5A setting and actual current input. and I2 should be less then 0.05.

1. Connect to R Phase CT input terminal of ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

2. Select 3Io>> =10%, 3Io>> TMS =x0.02

3. Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4. Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup indication of the relay.

5. When the injected current crosses 3Io>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as pick value of relay.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 10/16

6. Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)

3Io>> % R Phase Limit value(amp)

1A 5A 1A 5A Min Max Min Max

10% 0.1 0.12 0.5 0.55 50% 0.5 0.55 2.5 2.75

100% 1.0 1.2 10.0 11.0

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value) 10.3.4.2. IDMT Time Test for 3Io>>

1. Set 3Io>> = and 3Io>> TMS as per table.

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current to required value as per test report.

4. Reset the Timer.

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting. Operating Time Test

Setting 3Io>> = 50% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF TMS = x 1.0 Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your requirement

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 1A 5A 5N 2.5A 7.5A

R Phase

10N 5A 25A Setting 3Io>> = 100% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF TMS = x 0.1 Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 1A 5A 5N 2.5A 7.5A

R Phase

10N 5A 25A

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 11/16

(Operating time should as per curve as per following table)

C1: Reading by Curve 10N = 3 Sec. C2 = Reading by Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec. C3: Reading by Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec. C4 = Reading by Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec. C5: Reading by Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.

CURVE: C1 CURVE: C2

Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 10.128 8.86 to 11.39 2N 4.389 3.84 to 4.93 5N 4.322 3.99 to 4.64 5N 1.873 1.73 to 2.01 10N 3.000 2.85 to 3.15 10N 1.300 1.23 to 1.36 20N 2.290 2.17 to 2.40

20N 0.992 0.94 to 1.04

CURVE: C3 CURVE: C4 Set

Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 13.500 11.81 to 15.18 2N 26.667 23.33 to 30.00 5N 3.375 3.12 to 3.62 5N 3.333 3.08 to 3.58 10N 1.500 1.42 to 1.57 10N 0.808 0.76 to 0.84 20N 0.711 0.67 to 0.74

20N 0.201 0.19 to 0.21 CURVE: C5

Set Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 120.000 105 .00 to 135.00 5N 30.000 27.75 to 32.25

10N 13.333 12.66 to 13.99 20N 6.316 6.00 to 6.63

10.3.4.3. Operating Time test of HF for CIO

1. Set CIO>>> setting = 50%, CIO>>>delay = 00

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current equal to 1.5N of CIO>>> (0.75A for 1A input and 3.75A for 5A input) setting value.

4. Reset the Timer.

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting for different setting as per test report.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 12/16

HF Time Testing For CIO:

Set Delay =00 Set Delay =1.0s CIO>>> Time Delay settings Observed Theoretical Observe Theoretical

Observed Delay Less than 40mS 0.95 – 1.05 sec

10.3.4.4. Testing of EF element

Note: The Ie externally measure the EF and this element can be used as additional EF like

REF etc

1. Connect to EF CT input terminal of ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

2. Select Ie>> =10%, Ie>> TMS =x0.02

3. Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4. Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup indication of the relay.

5. When the injected current crosses Ie>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as pick value of relay.

6. Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)

Ie>> % EF input Limit value(amp)

1A 5A 1A 5A Min Max Min Max

10% 0.1 0.12 0.5 0.55 50% 0.5 0.55 2.5 2.75 80% 0.8 0.88 4.0 4.44

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value)

10.3.4.5. IDMT Time Test for Ie>>

1. Set Ie>> = and Ie>> TMS as per table.

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current to required value as per test report.

4. Reset the Timer.

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 13/16

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting. Operating Time Test

Setting Ie>> = 50% TMS = x 1.0 Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your requirement

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 1A 5A 5N 2.5A 7.5A

EF

10N 5A 25A Setting Ip>> = 100% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF TMS = x 0.1 Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing

Set Current at Delay in Sec. For 1A For 5A C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

2N 1A 5A 5N 2.5A 7.5A

EF

10N 5A 25A

(Operating time should as per curve as per following table)

C1 : Reading By Curve 10N = 3 Sec. C2 = Reading By Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec. C3 : Reading By Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec. C4 = Reading By Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec. C5 : Reading By Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.

CURVE : C1 CURVE : C2

Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 10.128 8.86 to 11.39 2N 4.389 3.84 to 4.93 5N 4.322 3.99 to 4.64 5N 1.873 1.73 to 2.01 10N 3.000 2.85 to 3.15 10N 1.300 1.23 to 1.36 20N 2.290 2.17 to 2.40

20N 0.992 0.94 to 1.04

CURVE : C3 CURVE : C4 Set

Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance Set Current

Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 13.500 11.81 to 15.18 2N 26.667 23.33 to 30.00 5N 3.375 3.12 to 3.62 5N 3.333 3.08 to 3.58 10N 1.500 1.42 to 1.57 10N 0.808 0.76 to 0.84 20N 0.711 0.67 to 0.74

20N 0.201 0.19 to 0.21

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 14/16

CURVE : C5

Set Current Actual Max. Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N 120.000 105 .00 to 135.00 5N 30.000 27.75 to 32.25

10N 13.333 12.66 to 13.99 20N 6.316 6.00 to 6.63

10.3.4.6. Operating Time test of HF for EF

1. Set Ie>>> setting = 50%, Ie>>>delay = 00

2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3. Adjust current equal to 1.5N of Ie>>> (0.75A for 1A input and 3.75A for 5A input) setting value.

4. Reset the Timer.

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay gives trip command.

6. Note down the time value.

7. Repeat the procedure for different setting for different setting as per test report.

HF Time Testing For EF :

Set Delay =00 Set Delay =1.0s Ie>>> Time Delay settings Observed Theoretical Observed Theoretical

Observed Delay Less than 40mS 0.95 – 1.05 sec 10.3.4.7. Testing of NPS (Negative Phase sequence Element)

The testing of I2 (NPS) is difficult using ordinary testing kit, It required to have digital test

setup. Like Dobel F6TesT or PROTest. But if test for Ip> for All phase and 3Io element

test are ok then relay will function properly for I2 setting as current negative phase

sequence current I2 is derived internally from IR, IY and IB current.

10.3.5 Testing Of Annunciation For Both O/C and EF

1. In Relay/LED configuration menu configure relay and Led as below.

Relay Led Setting RL1 L5 GREEN IP>R RL2 L5 RED IP>Y RL3 L6 GREEN IP>B RL4 L6 RED IE>E RL5 L7 GREEN IP>>R

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 15/16

2. Select Ip> =50%, Ip>TMS =x0.01 Ip>> 100%, Ip>> TMS = 0x0.02

3. Connect R CT terminal to current injector.

4. Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup indication of the relay.

5. When the injected current crosses Ip>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. At the same time relay RL1 will operate and LED L5 GREEN will glow.

6. Follow the same procedure for every condition given above.

7. The result will found as per chart given below.

configuration RL1 RL2 RL3 RL4 RL5 L5 GREEN

L5 RED

L6 GREEN

L6 RED

L7 GREEN

L7 RED

IP>R ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

IP>Y OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF

IP>B OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF

IE>E OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

IP>>R OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF

IP>>Y OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON

10.3.6 Other Functional Test • Key functions: ______________

• HF Time Test (Should be <40ms at 2 times of HF settings ) : ______ .

• Trip Relay contacts: _______________.

• BF Timing Test : _______________

• BF Relay contacts : ______________

• Relay R1 to R5 Contacts : ________________

• Status S1 to S5 :_________________

• Status T1 & T2 : ____________

• Communication Test 1) RS 232 : _________ 2) RS 485 : __________

• Back Terminal Connection: _______________________________.

• Insulation test: __________________MΩ @ 1000VDC.

• H.V. Test: @ 2000VAC between all Terminals and body for 60 Sec. _____________.

• Conclusion: ________________________________________________.

Tested By Checked By (QC)

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PERIODIC TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING Issue: 02 Date : 15.11..2008

Page 16/16

10.4 Revision Note

Issue Date Description

01 06.05.2008 Original Version 02 15.11.2008 Minor Typo Error Corrected

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 DETAILS OF INTERNAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 1/4

Details of Internal Circuit Diagram

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 DETAILS OF INTERNAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 2/4

CONTENTS

11.1 Detail of Internal Circuit diagram 3

11.2 Revision Note 4

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 DETAILS OF INTERNAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 3/4

11.1 Detail of Internal Circuit diagram

Aditya series ADR241B relay having following assembly inside the relay. As per numerical

relay and having such a small box size, all printed circuit boards (PCB) are double sided and

designed using SMD component so it is not suggested to attend the relay on site by end user.

It can be attended by authorized service engineer of Ashida Electronic Pvt. Ltd. only to take

care of electronic component from electrostatic discharge.

1. Current transformer

2. SMPS Card

3. Back PCB contain power supply section and extra annunciation duty contact relay element.

4. Front PCB (Mother board) attached with front plate

5. Trip Contact relay element

6. Push button interface connected with front plate

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 DETAILS OF INTERNAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Issue: 02 Date : 15.11.2008

Page 4/4

11.2 Revision Note

Issue Date Description 01 06.05.2008 Original Version 02 15.11.2008 Minor Typo Error Corrected

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PROBLEMS OCCURRED

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PROBLEMS OCCURRED Issue: 02 Date: 15.11.2008

Page 1/5

Problems Occurred/ Hardware Software

Revision

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PROBLEMS OCCURRED

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PROBLEMS OCCURRED Issue: 02 Date: 15.11.2008

Page 2/5

CONTENTS

12.1 Problems Occurred 3

12.2 Hardware / Software Revision 3

12.3 Revision Note 5

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PROBLEMS OCCURRED

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PROBLEMS OCCURRED Issue: 02 Date: 15.11.2008

Page 3/5

12.1 Problems Occurred

All Aditya series ADR241B are numerical relays designed with latest DSP technology and

having self supervision function which helps keep track on connected hardware and display

error code if any error is detected if problem is minor the relay automatically set default

setting and return back to protection function, following are error code which are

distinguished between major and minor .

ADR241B_V2

Sr. No. Error Code Error Name Minor Major Action Required

1. 01 Setting Error √ - Load default value

2. 02 EEPROM Error √ Contact Factory

3. 04 RTC Error √ - Relay May latch in correct timing internal battery is not working

4. 08 Ext.32KHz Crystal Error

√ - Contact Factory

5. 16 ADC Error - √ Contact Factory

6. 32 FRAM1 Error √ - Contact Factory

7. 64 FRAM2 Error √ - Contact Factory

12.2 Hardware / Software Revision

The revision is maintained in x.xx format 1st digit before decimal point is major version while two digits after decimal point are minor version

Sr. No.

Soft ware Version

Hard ware Revision

Date Remark

1 1.00 1.0 15/03/2008 Original Version 2 1.01 1.0 20/03/2008 CT Primary related Bug Fixed 3 1.02 1.0 20/03/2008 Power On display time reduce 4 1.03 &

1.04 1.0 20/03/2008 1. Reset Time of 500ms Added

2. Bug in CT primary calculation is removed

3. RPV factor in disturbance recorded is adjusted

5 1.05 & 1.06

1.0 24/03/2008 1. Parity setting in communication is added

2. Trip Contact HR/SR setting is added

3. Minor Bug in reset delay and DR record is fix

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PROBLEMS OCCURRED

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PROBLEMS OCCURRED Issue: 02 Date: 15.11.2008

Page 4/5

6 1.07 & 1.08 & 1.09

1.0 25/03/2008 1. BF logic Bypass during testing 2. BF Contact HR / SR setting added 3. Offset correction in EF input

7 2.00 1.0 08/04/2008 Relay measurement range improved, Calibration is shifted

8 2.01 1.0 22/04/2008 Internal EF i.e. 3Io setting added

9 2.02 1.0 02/05/2008 NPS setting added Di/Do updated

10 2.03 1.0 26/05/2008 Some minor bug in independent operation of stage1 and stage2 is corrected

For any Doubts / Difficulties please contact ASHIDA House, A-308 Road, No. 21, Wagle Industrial Estate Thane. 400 604 INDIA

Tel. : 91-22-25827524 / 25 / 26, 65771076 / 77 / 78 Fax. 91-22-25804262

Email: [email protected] [email protected]

Website : www.ashidaelectronics.com

NUMERICAL OVER CURRENT PROTECTION RELAY ADR241B_V2 PROBLEMS OCCURRED

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PROBLEMS OCCURRED Issue: 02 Date: 15.11.2008

Page 5/5

12.3 Revision Note

Issue Date Description 01 06.05.2008 Original Version 02 15.11.2008 Minor Typo Error Corrected